HomeMy WebLinkAboutCASCADE VILLAGE WESTHAVEN COMMON ARCHITECTS SPECS 3 LEGALI
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINTMS 100% cD: Julv 2005
I Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 15194. FUEL GAS PIPING
II
PART 1-GENERAL
t 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Dvision I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Irt l.z SUMMARY
t A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building. Products include the following:
I
l. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials.
lJ 2. Protective pipe and fitfing coating.
I 3. Piping specialties.
4. Specialtyvalves.
rl 5. Service meters.
lt 6. Pressure regulators.
r B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 2 Section "Liquid Petroleum Gas Distribution."
I 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
,l A. Gas System Pressures: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig but not
I more than 2.0 psig, and is reduced to secondary presswe of 0.5 psig or less.
a B. Design values of fuel gas supplied for these systems are as follows:I I N:Hill[T::iHlilxbi'i:,":'* *
,lI 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For the following:t 1. Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection
rI data of selected models.
t 2. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected models.
I B. Shop Drawings: For fuel gas piping. Include plans and attachments to other work.
t C. Weldine certilicates.
I D. Field quality-control test reports.a
FUEL GAS PIPING 75194 - |
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT'MS IOO% CD: JUIY 2OO5
Vail. Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For natural gas specialties and accessories to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals'
1.5 QUALITYASSTTRANCE
A. Electrical Components and Devices: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by
a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use,
B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manu facturers speci fied.
PIPING MATERI.ALS
Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining
materials.
PIPES, TUBES, FTTTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M; Tlpe E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought-steel
pipe shall comply with ASME 836.10M.
1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASMEB16.3, Class 150, standard pattem, with
threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1.
2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME816.ll, forged steel with threaded ends according to
ASME BI.20.1.
3. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME 816.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.1l, forged steel.
4. Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint,
and threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1.
5. Cast-Iron Flanles and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.l, Class 125.
6. Joint Cornpound and Tape: Suitable for nahral gas.
7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5.
8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
2.1
2.2
z-a
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
IFUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 2
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: Julv 2005
I Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Ir' 2.4 PIPING SPECIAT,TIES
I A. Flexible Connectors: ANslzzl.zl,copper alloy.I
B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI 22l.4l, convenience outlets and matching plug connector.
t
2.5 SPECIALTYVAIVES
I A. Valves,NPS2andSmallen ThreadedendsaccordingtoASMEBl.20.l forpipethreads.
r B. Valves, NPS 2-ll2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME 816.5 for steel flanges and
t according to ASME 876.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.
C. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z2l.l5 and CSA Intemational listed.I
- l. Manufacturers:
a. American Valve Inc.I 3. B*5 E'#S::"*turing co
11 d. Cimberio Valves, S.p.A.t I S"ll'3il,.T.'Hfft"T;*::ii*TJ; , Neo varve DivI f; ffi"lfiTTXI;'',0I i. Key Gas Components, Inc.
j. Legend Valve and Fitting, lnc.I i M:3'i;"*l'I;Hl%1,"*.0,,t, oi,
m. Newman Hattersley Ltd.; Specialty Valves Div.
'| n. Robert Manufacturing Co.
I o. State Metals. [nc.p. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
t D. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head,
ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel
I disc and fluorocarbon elastomer se_al and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating.r- E. Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASME 816.33 and CSA Intemationallisted bronze body and
125-psig pressure rating.
I 1. Manufacturers:
I a. BMI Canada, Inc.
I b. Crane Valves.
c. Dungs, Karl, lnc.
d. Flow Conhol Equipment, Inc.
I e. Grinnell Corp.
f. Honel'well Intemational Inc.
g. Jomar International Ltd.
I
FUEL GAS pIpING 15194 -3
a
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail, Colorado
I
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFORCONSTRTJCTTON
Ih. KITZ Corporation.
i. Legend Valve and Fitting, Inc.
j. Lyall, R. W. & Co., ktc.
k. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
1. Milwaukee Valve Company.
m. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas hoducts Div'
n. NIBCOINC.
o. Red-White Valve Corp.
p. Velan Inc.
q. Watts lndustries, lnc.; Water Products Div.
F. Plug Valves, NPS 2-112 and Larger: ASME 816.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron, lubricated plug
valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.
I . Manufacturers:
a. Flow Control EquiPment, Inc.
b. Milliken Valve Co., Inc.
c. Nordstrom Valves, Inc.
d. Olson Technologies, Inc.; Homestead Valve Div.
e. Walworth Co.
G. General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-ll2 and Larger: ASME 816.38, cast-iron body, suitable for fuel
gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure rating.
1. Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge.
2. Butterfly Valves: MSS SP-67, lug type with lever handle.
H. Automatic Gas Valves: Allsl Z2l.2l, with elechical operator for actuation by appliance
automatic shutoff device.
l. Manufacturers:
a- ASCO General Controls.
b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson.
c. ASCO Valve Canada, Division of Emerson Electric Canada Limited.
d. Dungs, Karl, lnc.
e. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div.
f. Eclipse Combustion, Inc.
g. GPS Gas Protection Systems Inc.
h. Honeywell International Inc.
i. Johnson Controls.
Electrically Operated Gas Valves: UL 429, bronze, aluminum, or cast-iron body solenoid
valve; 120-V ac,60Hz, Class B, continuous-duty molded coil. Include NEMA ISC 6, Tlpe 4,
coil enclosure and electrically opened and closed dual coils. Valve position shall normally be
closed.
I . Manufacturers:
a. ASCO General Controls.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
IFUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 4
B.
2.6
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: JulY 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson.
Dungs, Karl, Inc.
Eclipse Combustion, Inc.
Goyen Valve Corp.; Tyco Environmental Systems.
Magnatrol Valve Corp.
Parker Hannifin Corporation; Climate & Industrial Controls Group; Skinner Valve
Div.
h. Watts lndustries. Inc.
PRESSURE REGULATORS
Description: Single stage and suitable for fuel gas service. Include steel j acket and corrosion-
resistant cornponents, elevation comp€nsator, and atmospheric vent.
l. Manufachuers:
a. Line Pressure Resulators:
American Meter Company.
Donkin, Bryan RMG Canada, Ltd.
Eclipse Combustion, Inc.
Fisher Controls lnternational, Inc.; Division of Emerson.
Invensys.
Maxitrol Company.
National Meter Industries, lnc.
Richards Industries, Inc.; Jordan Valve Div.
Schlumberger Limited; Gas Div.
b. Appliance Pressure Regulators:
l) Canadian Meter Co., Inc.
2) Eaton Corporation; Controls Div.
3) Harper Wyman Co.
4) Maxihol Company.
5) SCP, Inc.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME Bl.20.l for pipe threads.
3. NPS2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASMEBI6.5 for steel flanges and
according to ASME 816.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.
4. Line Pressure Regulators: ANSIZ2I.80 with lO-psig inlet pressure rating, unless
otherwise indicated.
5. Appliance hessure Regulators: ANSIZ2I.I8. Regulator may include vent limiting
device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction'
Pressure Regulator Vents: Factory- or field-installed, corrosion-resistant screen in opening if
not corurected to vent piping.
c.
d.
f.
g.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
e)
FUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT'MS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
i00% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for fuel oil piping system to verifu actual locations of piping cormections
before equipment installation.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Close equipment shutoff valves before tuming off fuel gas to premises or section of piping.
Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all
equipment is tumed off in affected piping section.
3.3 PIPINGAPPLICATIONS
A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special frttings with pressure ratings same as or higher than
system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fuel Gas Piping, 2 psig or Less:
l. NPS l/2 and Smaller: steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threadedjoints.
2. NPS 3/4 and NPS I Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints.
3. NPS l-1l4 to NPS 2 Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints.
4. NPS 2-112 and Larger: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.
C. Fuel Gas Piping 2 to 5 psig:
1. NPS 4 and Smaller: Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints.
2. Larger Than NPS 4: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.
D. Underground Fuel Gas Piping: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. Encase in
containment conduit.
E. Containment Conduits: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.
F. Gas Service Piping at Meters and Regulators, More Than 5 psig: Steel pipe, steel welding
fiuings, and welded joints.
3.4 VAIVEAPPUCATIONS
A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Presstue 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop.
B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.
FUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 6
B.
C.
3.5
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
C. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 2 to 5 psig: Gas valve.
100% CD: Iuly 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
D. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.
E. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-112 and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.
F. Valves at Service Meter. NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.
G. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-112 and Larger: Plug valve.
PIPING INSTALLATION
Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods."
Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit
constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to
outside and terminate with screened vent cap.
l. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to
approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as
plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings,
2. In Floors: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in Part 2
"Protective Coating" Article may be installed in floors, subject to approval of authorities
having jurisdiction. Surround piping cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-ll2 inches
of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic strucfures such as
reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs
containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate.
3. In Floor Channels: Gas piping may be installed in floor channels, subject to approval of
authorities having jurisdiction. Channels must have cover and be open to space above
cover for ventilation.
4. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from
physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls.
a. Excepfion: Tubing passing tlrough partitions or walls.
5. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in Part 2
"Protective Coating" Article may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of
authorities having jurisdiction.
6. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes
or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or
elevator shafts.
a. Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above'
Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets
of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install
where condensate would be subject to freezing.
FUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
l. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped.
Use minimumJength nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and
same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for
removal ofplug or cap.
D. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
E. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers'
F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side
down.
G. Connect branch piping from top or side ofhorizontal piping.
H. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each
piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.
I. krstall comrgated, stainless-steel tubing system according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Include striker plates to protect tubing from puncture where tubing is restrained and cannot
move.
J. Install sfiainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated
valve.
K. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line pressure regulator. Pressure
gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages."
L. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections.
M. Install vent piping for gas pressue regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent
to atmosphere. Terminate vents with tumed-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-
resistant insect screens in large end.
N. Install containment conduits for gas piping below slabs, within building, in gastight conduits
extending minimurn of 4 inches outside building, and vented to atmosphere. Terminate vents
with tumed-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end.
Prepare and paint outside of conduits with coal-tar, epoxy-polyamide paint according to SSPC-
Paint 16.
3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction is specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials
and Methods."
B. Use materials suitable for fuel gas.
l. Brazed Joints: Make with brazing alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F.
Brazing alloys containing phosphorus are prohibited.
FUEL GAS PIPING
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I15194 - 8
B.
B,
C.
D.
F.
7-I
3.8
3.9
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT ,IS 100% CD: July 2005
VaiI, COIoTAdO NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and
where damage to coating occurs during construction.
C.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
Pipe hanger and support and equiprnent support materials and installation requirements are
specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."
Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum
rod sizes:
l. NPS I and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size,3/8 inch.
2. NPS 1-ll4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3. NPS 1-l/2 andNPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimumrod size, 3/8 jnch'
4. NPS 2-ll2 to NPS 3-ll2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, ll2 irrch.
5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size,5/8 inch.
Install hangers for horizontal comrgated, stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum
spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 3/8 and NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2. NPS 3/4 and NPS l: Maximum span,72 inches; minimum rod size, 3i 8 inch.
3. Option: Support tubing from structure according to manufactrner's written inskuctions.
CONNECTIONS
Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.
krstall piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.
Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream
from and within 72 inches ofeach appliance. tnstall union downstream from valve.
Sediment Traps: Install tee frtting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as
practical to inlet ofeach appliance using gas.
Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
1. Do not use gas pipe as grounding electrode.
Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or
sign on or near each service meter, pressure regulator, and specialty valve.
FUEL GAS PIPING 15r94 - 9
WE STHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l. Text: In addition to name of identified unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform
operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and
warn of hazards and improper operations.
2. Nameplates, pipe identification, and signs are specified in Division 15 Section
"Mechanical Identifi cation."
3.r0 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are
obtained.
C. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and
specialties.
D. Verifu correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.
E. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.
END OF SECTION 15194
FUEL GAS PIPING 15194 - 10
I WESTHAVENCONDOMINTMS 100%CD: Julv2005
I Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRIICTION
t
I. SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTT]RES
I
- PART] -GENERAL
t
1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplemantary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I B. Refer to interior design documents for fixture specifications.
I 1.2 sL't',tMARYI
A. This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components:
f
t 1. Faucets for lavatories, bathtubs, bathtub/showers, showers and sinks.
2. Flushometers.
rt 3. Toilet seats.
I 4. Protective shielding guards.
5. Fixture supports.
r 6. Interceptors.
fl 7. Shower receptors.
8. Dishwasher air-gap fittings.
9. Disposers.
I 10. Water closets.r 11. Urinals.
12. Lavatories.
I 13. Bathtubs.
I 14. Showers.
15. Whirlpool bathtubs.
I 16. Kitchen sinks.
I 17. Service sinks.
18. Owner-fumishedfixtures.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
-
t- l. Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for exterior plumbing fixtures and hydrants.
I 2. Division l0 Section "Toilet and Bath Accessories."
I r.3 DEFINITIoNS
t A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-stlneneplastic.
f B. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that
"un
i" upprou.hed, entered, and used by people with
disabilities.
I
I PLUMBINGFIXTURES 15410 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: July 2005
Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Cast Polymer: Cast-frlled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and
solid-surface materials.
D. Cultured Marble: Cashfilled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.
E. Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings
specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub
spouts, drains and tailpieces, and haps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are
included where indicated.
F. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforcedplastic.
G. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.
H. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
I. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-,
scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim,
fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials
and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixfures to include in ernergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.5 QUALITYASSTIRANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category
through one source from a single manufacturer.
1. Exception: If frxtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single
manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that
category.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC Al17.l, "Accessible and Usable
Buildings and Facilities for plumbing ftxtures for people with disabilities.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Cornply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy
Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
I
T
I
I
1/1
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
B.
C.
I
I
D.
PLUMBING FIXTURES t5410 - 2
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: Julv 2005
t Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects,"
r^- fixfure materials that will be in contact with potable water.I
I F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, littings, and other components that are
- compatible.I
I G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing
fixtures:
I 1. Enameled, Casllron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
2. Plastic Bathtubs: ANSI 2124.1.
I 3. Plastic Lavatories: ANSI 2124.3.
a 4. Plastic ShowerEnclosures: ANSIZI24.2.
5. Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASMEAl12.l9.4M'
fl 6. Slip-Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462.
I 7 . Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1.
- 8. Stainless-Steel Commercial, Handwash Sinks: NSF 2 construction.
9. Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3.
I 10. Viheous-China Fixhres: ASME A112.19.2M.a ll. Water-Closet,FlushValve,TankTrim: ASMEAl12.19.5"
12. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037.
I 13. WhirlpoolBathtubFittings: ASMEA1 12.19.8M.t H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory
faucetsl
I . Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A1 12.1 8.3M.
2. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M.
3. Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025'
4. Faucets: ASME Al 12.18.1.
5. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
7. Integral,Annospheric VacuumBreakers: ASSE 1001.
8. NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.
9. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
10. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
11. SupplyFittings: ASMEAll2.18.l.
12. BrassWaste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
bathtub/shower faucets:
1. Backflow Protection Devices for Hand-Held Showers: ASME A112.18.3M.
2. Combination, Pressure-Equalizing and Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets:
ASSE 1016.
3. Deck-Mounted Bath/Shower Transfer Valves: ASME 18.7.
4. Faucets: ASMEAll2.18.l.
5. Hand-Held Showers: ASSE 1014.
6. High-Temperature-Limit Controls for Therrnal-Shock-heventing Devices:
ASTMF445,
7 . Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME 81.20.7.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I PLUMBINGFXTURES 15410 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIJMS
Vail- Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
in materials or workmanship within specified
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.6
8. Manual-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444.
9. Pipe Threads: ASME BL20.1.
10. Pressure-Equalizing-Conhol Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016.
11. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
12. Thermostatic-Conhol Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 4M and ASSE 1016.
J, Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
l. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.
3. DishwasherAir-GapFittings: ASSE 1021.
4. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.
5. Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.
6. BrassWasteFittings: ASMEA112.18.2.
7. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951.
K. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
mi scellaneous conponents:
1. Disposers: ASSE 1008 andUL430.
2. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021.
3. Flexible Water Connectors: ASME Al 12.18.6.
4. Floor Drains: ASME Al12.6.3.
5. GrabBars: ASTMF446.
6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7
7 . Off-Floor Fixtwe Supports: ASME Al 12.6.IM.
8. Pipe Threads: ASME B l.20. I .
9. Plastic Shower Receptors: ANSlZl24.2.
10. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI 2124.5.
11. Supplyand Drain Protective ShieldingGuards: ICC A117.1.
12. Whirlpool Bathtub Equipment: UL 1795.
WARRANTY
Special Warranties: Manufacfurer's standard
replace components of whirlpools that fail
warranty period.
l. Faihnes include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures ofunit shell.
b. Faulty operation of controls, blowers, pumps, heaters, and timers.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.
2. Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: One year from date of Substantial
Complefion.
3 . Warranty Period for Residential Applications of Shells: Five years from date of
Substantial Completion.
PLUMBING FD(TURES 15410 - 4
r
WESTHAVENCONDOMINIT 45 100%CD:July2005
I Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONI4. Warranty Period for Residential Applications of Pumps and Blowers: One year fiom
I - date of Substantial Cornpletion.
I s.
Ygilllnlfr*Resrdential
Applications of Electronic Conhols: One year from date
J
I PART2-PRODUCTS
f 2,1 REFER TO FD(TIJRE SCHEDULES
-t PART3-EXECUTION
I 3.1 ExAMINATIoNa
A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to veriff
I actual locations ofpiping connections before plumbing fixture installation.
T B. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be
- installed.
I C. Proceed with installation only aft€r unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
IJ 3.2 INSTALLATION
I A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim,'fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'
I written instructions.
I B. Install off-floor supports, affixed to building subshate, for wall-mounting fixtures.!1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixfures.
t 2. Use cmrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
I 3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.
a C. Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.
J D. Install floor-mounting fixfures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building
substrate.I
t E. Install wall-mounting fixfures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.
I F. lnstall floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor subshate and wall
I bracket and onto waste fitting seals.
I G. Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.
I H. hstall fixtures level and plurnb according to roughing-in drawtngs.
I
I PLUMBINGFIXTURES 15410 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vai1. Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
L lnstall water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water
distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture.
Vaives are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."
J. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to
sanitary drainage system.
K. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly cormected to drainage
system.
L. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide
side of comparhnent. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with
disabilities to reach.
M. Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of
compartment.
N. Install toilet seats on water closets.
O. Install trap-seal liquid in dry urinals.
P. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and pattems in faucet spouts if faucets are
not available with required rates and pattems. Include adapters ifrequired.
a Install water-supply flow-conhol fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop
valves.
Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and pattems in faucet spouts if
faucets are not available with required rates and pattems. Include adapters ifrequired.
Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.
Install traps on fixture outlets.
L Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.
Install disposer in outlet of each sink indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated
or in wall adiacent to sink if location is not indicated.
V. Install dishwasher air-gap frtting at each sink indicated to have air-gap fitting. Connect inlet
hose to dishwasher and outlet hose to disposer.
W. Install hot-rvater dispensers in back top surface of sink or in countertop with spout over sink.
X. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, fmished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons ifrequired to conceal protruding fittings.
Escutcheons are soecified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
s.
T,
il
I
I
T
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
U.
PLUMBING FIXTLIRES 15410 - 6
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Y. Set bathtubs and shower receptors in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in
Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
Z. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-t1pe, one-part,
mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to frxture color. Sealants are specified in
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirernents are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate
gEneral arrangement ofpiping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect fixfures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with naps, soil, waste, and vent
piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
C. _- Ground equipment according to Division l6 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
D. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.4 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Veri! that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where
installed.
B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified
components.
C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace
malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate
properly.
E. Install fresh batteries in sensor-oDerated mechamsms.
3.5 ADruSTING
A. Operate and adjust faucets and conhols. Replace damaged and malfixrctioning fixtures, fittings,
and controls.
B. Operate and adjust disposers and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and
controls.
C. Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.
D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
E. hstall fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.
PLUMBING FD(TURES 15410 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.6 CLEANING
100o/o CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Clean hxtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods
and materials. Do the following:
I . Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers
and spouts.
2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.
B. After completing installation of exposed, factory-hnished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect
exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by
Owner.
END OF SECTION 15410
PLUMBING FXTURES 15410 - 8
T
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: July 2005
) Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
SECTION 1 5763 - FAN.COL LINITS
It
PART I - GENERAL
I
1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
f A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes fan-coil rmits and accessories.I
I 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. BAS: Building automation system.
- 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, fumished specialties, and
a accessones.
I B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, v/eights, loads, required
I clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
I
I l. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and conhol wiring.
- C. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, and other details, drawn to scale,
I on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input fromr installers of the items involved:
I l. Ceiling suspansion compon€nts.
t 2. Structural members to which fan-coil units will be attached.
3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure.
I 4. Size and location ofinitial access modules for acoustical tile.
I 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following:
I a. Lighting fixtures.
I b. Air outlets and inlets.
c. Speakers.I 3: io".l5;T;",.a
6. Perimeter moldings for exposed or partially exposed cabinets.
I
I FAN-coLuNIrs 15763 - |
WE STHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vai1, Colorado
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
1.6
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
F.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In the Fan-Coil-Unit Schedule where titles below are colurnn or row headings that introduce
lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specihed.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
3. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each fan-coil unit is based on the product
named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.
B.
Field qual ity-confrol test reports.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fan-coil units to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division I Section "Operation and
Maintenance Data," include the following:
L Maintenance schedules and repair part lists for motors, coils, integral conhols, and filters.
Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSTTRANCE
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and rnarked for
intended use.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of fan-coil units and suspension system components with
other construction that penetrates or is supported by ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC
equipment, fire-suppression-system components, and partition assemblies.
Coordinate size and location of wall sleeves for outdoor-air intake.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fan-Coil-Unit Filters: Furnish ten spare filters for each type filter installed.
2. Fan Belts: Fumish three spare fan belts for each size installed.
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IFAN-COILUNITS 15763 -2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.2 FAN-COL LINITS
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Description: Factory-packaged and -tested units rated according to ARI 440, ASHRAE 33, and
uL 1995.
B. Coil Section Insulation: Insulation and adhesive shall have a combined maximum flame-spread
index of 25 and smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
C. Main and Auxiliary Drain Pans: Plastic or Stainless steel or Insulated galvanized steel with
plastic liner formed to slope from all directions to the drain connection as required by
ASHRAE 62. Drain pans shall be removable.
D. Chassis: Galvanized steel where exposed to moisture. Floor-mounting units shall have leveling
screws.
E. Cabinet: Steel with baked-enamel finish in manufacturer's standard paint color as selected by
Architect..
F. Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting
value (I\4ERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2.
1. Washable Foam: 70 percent arrestance and 3 MERV.
G. Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanicalty bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than
0.1 inch (2.5 mm), rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig (1378 kPa) and a
maximum entering-water terperature of 220 degF (104 deg C). Include manual air vent and
drain valve.
H. Fan and Motor Board: Removable.
1. Fan: Forward curved, double width, centrifugal; directly cormected to motor'
Thermoplastic or painted-steel wheels, and aluminum, painted-steel, or galvanized-steel
fan scrolls.
2. Motor; Permanently lubricated, multispeed; resiliently mounted on motor board.
Comply with requirements in Division l5 Section "Motors."
3. Wiring Termination: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection.
I. Factory Hydronic Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTPI B 88M, Type B copper tube
with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet, and
outlet.
l.
2. Two or Three-way, control valve for chilled-water coil.
3. Two or Three-way control valve for heating coil.
4. Two-Piece Ball Valves: Bronze body with full-port, chrome-plated bronze ball; PTFE or
TFE seats; and 600-psig (4140-kPa) minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof stem.
5. Calibrated-Orifice Balancing Valves: Bronze body, ball type; 125-psig (860-kPa)
working pressure, 250-degF (121degC) maximum operating temperature; with
calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with
integral seals, threaded ends, and equipped with a memory stop to retain set position.
FAN-COL TINITS 15763 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]M S
Vail, Colorado
t
t
I
I
!
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
A.
D.
100% CD: July 2005
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
6. Automatic Flow-Control Valve: Brass or ferrous-metal body; 300-psig (2070-kPa)
working pressrre at 250 deg F ( 121 deg C), with removable, conosion-resistant,
tamperproof, self-cleaning piston spring; factory set to maintain constant indicated flow
with plus or minus l0 percent over differential pressure range of2 to 80 psig (13.8 to 552
kPa).
7. Y-Pattem Hydronic Strainers: Cast-iron body (ASTMA 126, Class B); 125-psig (860-
kPa) working pressure; with threaded connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless-steel
basket, and bottom drain connection, Include minimum NPS 1/2 (DN 15) hose-end, full-
port, ball-type blowdown valve in drain connection'
8. WroughGCopper Unions: ASME 816.22.
J. Control devices and operational sequences are specified in Division 15 Sections *IryAC
Instrumerntation and Conffols" and "Sequence of Operation."
K. Basic Unit Controls:
l. Conhol voltage hansformer.
2. Wall-mounting thermostat with the following features:
a. HeaVcool auto auto change-over.
b. Fan on-auto switch.
c. 7-day programmable.
d. Adjustabledeadband.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine axeas to receive fan-coil units for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
Examine roughing-in for piping and electrical connections to veri! actual locations before fan-
coil-unit installation.
hoceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Install fan-coil units level and plumb.
Install fan-coil units to comply with NFPA 90A.
Suspend fan-coil units from structwe with elastomeric hangers. Vibration isolators are
specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."
Veriff locations of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings
and room details before installation. Install devices.
3.1
)-L
B.
C.
FAN-COI IINITS 15763 - 4
B,
c.
D.
B.
B.
1.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUI\4S 100% CD: July 2005
Vail, Colorado NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
E. Install new filters in each fan-coil unit within two weeks after Substantial Completion.
CONNECTIONS
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Djvision 15 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Specific connection requirements are as
follows:
1. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
2. Connect piping to fan-coil-unit factory hydronic piping package. Install piping package
ifshipped loose.
3. Cormect condensate drain to indirect waste.
a. Install condensate trap of adequate depth to seal against the pressure of fan. lnstall
cleanouts in piping at changes of direction.
Connect supply and retum ducts to fan-coil units with flexible duct connectors specified in
Division l5 Section "Duct Accessories." Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995 for duct
connections.
Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
Cormect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
FIELD QUAIITYCONTROL
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
l. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
2. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
Remove and replace malfirnctioning units and retest as specified above.
ADruSTING
Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on-site assislance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
two visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose'
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain fan-coil units. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and
Training."
FAN-COLI.]NITS 15763 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIIMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION 15763
100% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FAN-COI LTNITS 15763 - 6
A.
B.
1.1
t.2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 15772 - RADIANT HEATING PIPING
PART 1-GENERAL
A.
B.
c.
100% CD: July 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SIIMMARY
This Section includes radiant heating piping, including pipes, fittings, and piping specialties-
Related Sections include the followine:
1. Division 7 Section "Tlrough-Penehation Firestop Systems" for materials and installation
requirernents for sealing pipe penetrations tlnough fire and smoke barriers.
2. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechan ical Materials and MetJlods" for general piping
materials and installation requirements.
3. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for prpe supports, product descriptions, and
installation requirements.
4. Dvision 15 Section "Mechanical ldentification" for labeling and identiffing piping and
equipment.
5. Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty gate, globe, ball, and check valves'
6. Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping" for pipes and connections to hydronic systems.
7. Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" for thermostats, conEollers,
automatic control valves. and sensors.
DEFINITIONS
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
PE: Polyethylene.
PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Radiant heating piping specialties, including rated capacities and water flow and
pressue drops of selected models.
B. Shop Drawings: Show piping layout and details drawn to scale, including valves, manifolds,
controls, and support assemblies and their attachments to the building structure.
C. Maintenance Data: For manifolds and control devices to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
RADIANT HEATING PIPING 15772 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail. Colorado
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation
building and structural components.
100% CD: July 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
of radiant heating piping and suspension system with
B. Coordinate size and location ofaccess panels to allow access to manifolds concealed in ceilings,
walls, and floors.
C. Coordinate thickening of slabs where required for adequate encasement of radiant heating
piping components.
D. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and
ensure integrity of piping and as approved by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT]FACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
followins:
l DistributionManifolds:
a. Heatway, [nc.
b. Rehau Inc.
c. Tekrnar Control Systems, Ltd.
d. Vanguard Plastics, Inc.
e. Wirsbo Co.
f. Zum Qest
2. Mixing Valves:
a. Rehau Inc.
b. Wirsbo Co.
3. Controls:
a. Tekmar Control Systems, Ltd.
b. Wirsbo Co.
4. Thermostats/SnowSensors:
a. Rehau Inc.
b. Tekmar Control Systems, Ltd.
c. Wirsbo Co.
RADIANT HEATING PIPING 15772 - 2
!
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100o/oCD: July 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I 2.2 HEAT.TRANSFERPIPES ANDFITTINGS
I A. PEX Plastic: ASTM F 876.I
l. Fittings: ASTMF 1807, copper or brass compression type.I
I 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES
2.4 RADIANTHEATINGSPECIALTIES
I A. Distribution Manifolds: Brass or Copper modular design with main shutoff and balancingI valves with thermometers, zone shutoff and balancing valves with flow meter, air vent, and
identification plate.
I l. Identificafion Plate: Valve plate shall identif, room served and loop number.
I 2. ti#:."$:l.*e loop serves a zone, provide identification plates on manifolds to identifv
II 2.5 CONTROLS
I A. Snow Detector: 24-Y, microprocessor-based, pulse-width-modulation type, automatically
detects snow and maintains set temperature in a snow-melting slab.
I B. Snow-Melting Control Sequence: Flow-through snow-melting piping is modulated to satisfyt mow detector.
II PART3 -EXECUTION
I 3.1 HEAT-TRANSFERPIPINGINSTALLATION
r A. Install piping downstream from manifolds without joints.
Ir B. lnstall manifolds in accessible locations.
I C. Fill system with 50 percent propylene glycol-to-water solution.
I
I 3.2 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL
I A. Prepare radiant heating piping for testing as follows:
II 1
lffi.,ry;H'J..T:ffiT"rffi?1fi,fili:":;,:'.%:fi,:::j;t"fi.:1*,,T,:".
pressure If
2. Flush with clean water, and clean strainers.
I 3 . Install relief valve set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressue.
B. Perform the followine tests:r
I
RADIANT HEATING PIPING 15772 -3II
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: July 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Subject piping to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design
pressure but not more than 100 psig.
2. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied, examine piping, joints, and connections
for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and
repeat hydrostatjc test until there are no leaks.
3. Prepare a written report of testing.
3.3 ADIUSTING
A. After systern balancing has been done, mark balancing (zone) valves to permanently indicate
final position.
B. Perform the following adjustments before operating the system:
1. Open valves to fully open position. Close bypass valves. ..2. Check operation of automatic valves.
3. Set temperature controls so all zones call for full flow.
3.4 CLEANING
A. After testing has been successfully completed, flush piping and clean strainer screens.
END OF SECTION 15772 I
I
I
IRADIANTHEATING PIPING t5772 - 4
B.
1.1
L-Z
1.3
t.4
1.5
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION I58I5 - METAI DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
lo0o/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A.
B.
RELATED DOCT]MENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
STIMMARY
This Section includes metal ducts for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air-distribution
systems in presswe classes from minus 2- to plus lQ-inch wg. Metal ducts include the
following:
l. Rectangular ducts and fittings.
2. Single-wall, round, and flat-oval spiral-seam ducts and formed fittings.
3. Duct liner.
Related Sections include the followine:
1. Division 15 Section 'IIVAC Casings" for factory- and field-fabricated casings for
mechanical equipment.2. Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct-
mounting access doors and panels, tuming vanes, and flexible ducts.
DEFINTTIONS
FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
NUSIG: National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving and -
distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or conflgwation of
duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for
layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original
design results without increasing system total pressure.
SUBMITTALS
Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items
are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved:
METALDUCTS 15815 - l
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
l. Ceiling suspension assembly members.
2. Other systems installed in same space as ducts.
3. Ceiling- and wall-mounting access doors and
dampers and other operating devices.
4. Ceiling-mounting items, including lighting
sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings.
B. Weldingcertificates.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
panels required to provide access to
fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers,
I
I
I
I
I1.6 QUALITYASSURANCE
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, 'Structural Welding
Code--Steel," for hangers and supports, and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct
joint and seam welding.
NFPA Compliance:
L NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations," Ch. 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
MANUFACTI.IRERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
oroduct selection:
2.2 SHEETMETALMATERIAIS
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise
indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/4 653M and
having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed
to view.
C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A366M, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with
oiled, matte fmish for exposed ducts.
D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
salvanized sheet metal ducts.
B.
C,
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
2.1 I
I
METAI DUCTS 15815 - 2
A,
B.
C.
D.
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, l/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.3 DUCT LINER
A. Fibrous-Glass Liner: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with NAIMA AlIl24'
l. Manufacturers:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; Insulation Group.
b. Johns Manville International, Inc.
c. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
d. Owens Corning.
2. Materials: ASTM C 1071; surfaces exposed to airstream shall be coated to prevent
erosion of glass fibers.
a. Thickness: I inch.
b. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at75 deg F mean temperature.
c. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and smoke-
developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
d. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916.
e. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner
when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in
duct.
l) Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50lb- tensile, dead-load test
perpendicul ar to duct wall.
2) Fastener Pin Length: As required for thiclceess of insulation and without
projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream.
3) Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire-hazard
classification of duct Iiner svstem.
SEALANT MATERIALS
Joint andiseam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or
mastic natur€ but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics.
Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber-reinforced fabric.
Tape Sealing Systern: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and
modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable,
airtight seal.
Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when
cured, UL 723 tisted, and complying with NFPA requirernents for Class I ducts'
METALDUCTS 15815 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
E. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized
butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.
F. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with
ASTM C 920,Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.
G. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners
appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches thick.
2. Excepfion: Do not use powder-acfuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregat€
concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod.
1. Hangers hstalled in Corrosjve Atrnospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or
galvanized rods with tlneads painted with zinc-ch,romate primer after installation.
2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--
Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.
3. Galvanized-steel straps attached to aluminum ducts shall have contact surfaces painted
with zinc-chromate primer.
Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A36/A36M.
1 . Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials.
3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum support materials unless materials are
electrolytically separated from ducts.
RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION
Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, b'ranch connections, and other construction
according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and
complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod
applications, and joint tlpes and intervals.
l. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity
class required for pressure class.
2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
C.
D.
2.5
2.6
METALDUCTS 15815 - 4
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Transverse Joinls: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using
I manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint
I reinforcement.
I . Manufacturers:
t a. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
b. Nexus Inc.
c. Ward Industries, hrc.
t C. Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
I Standards-Metal and Flexible," Figure 14, using comer, bolt, cleat, and gasket details.
!' 1. Manufacturers:
I a. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
b. LocKormer.
I 2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2-inch wg pressure class.
I 3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant.
I D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger
I and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than l0 sq. ft. of nonbraced panel area unless ducts are
lined.
.. 2.7 APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS
I A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesiveI covemge at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thiclness with multiple layers of duct
liner is prohibited.
I B. Apply adhesive to transverse edges ofliner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing.
t C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive.
I D. Fold and compress liner in comers of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge
- overlapping.
r E. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at comers of ducts,
unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary.
t F. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 $m.
I G. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12
I inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches
longitudinally.
I H. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either
channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the
- following locations:
I
I METALDUCTS 15815 - 5
WE STIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
A.
B.
D.
2.8
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Fan discharges.
2. lntervals oflined duct preceding unlined duct.
3. Upsheam edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are greater than 2500
fpm (12.7 m/s) or where indicated.
I. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, tuming vane
assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means
are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds.
C.
ROT/ND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
Diameter as applied to flat-oval ducts in this Article is the diameter of a round duct with a
circumference equal to the perimeter of a given size of flat-oval duct.
Round, Longitudinal- and Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel
according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
Flat-Oval, Longitudinal- and Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts according to
SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
I . Manufacturers:
a. McGill AirFlow Corporation.
b. SEMCO Incorporated.
Duct Joints:
1. Ducts up to 20 Inches in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling, sealed before
and after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws.
2. Ducts 21 to 72 Inches in Diameter: Three-piece, gasketed, flanged joint consisting of two
internal flanges with sealant and one extemal closure band with gasket.
3. Round Ducts: Prefabricated connection system consisting of double-lipped, EPDM
rubber gasket. Manufacfure ducts according to connection system manufacfurer's
tolerances.
a. Manufacfurers:
l) Ductmate Industries, Inc.
2) Lindab Inc.
4. Flat-Oval Ducts: Prefabricated connection system consisting of two flanges and one
synthetic rubber gasket.
a. Manufacfurers:
1) Ductrnate Industries, Inc.
2) McGill AirFlow Corporation.
3) SEMCO Incorporated.
METAL DUCTS 15815 - 6
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with rnetal thicknesses specified for
longitudinal-seam straight ducts.
F. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced enhance to branch taps and with no excess
material prqjecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance.
G. Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Unless elbow
construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:
1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction compllng with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for
pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg:
a. Ducts 3 to 36 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch.
b. Ducts 37 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch.
3. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for
pressure classes from 2- to lo-inch wg:
a. Ducts 3 to 26lnches in Diameter: 0.034 inch.
b. Ducts 27 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch.
4. Flat-Oval Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with same metal thiclmess as
longitudinal-seam fl at-oval duct.
5. 90-Degree, 2-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems or for material-
handling Class A or B exhaust systems and only where space restrictions do not permit
using radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness tuming vanes.
6. Round Elbows 8 Inches and Less in Diameter: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and
90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate
nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored
construction.
7. Round Elbows 9 through 14 Inches in Diameter: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for
30,45,60, and 90 degrees unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. Fabricate
nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored
construction.
8. Round Elbows Larger Than 14 Inches in Diameter and All Flat-Oval Elbows: Fabricate
gored elbows unless space restrictions require mitered elbows.
9. De-Formed Elbows for Sizes tluough 8 Inches in Diameter and All Pressures 0.040 inch
thick with 2-piece welded construction.
10. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow frttings specifred above.
11. Flat-Oval Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as longitudinal-seam flat-oval duct specified
above.
12. Pleated Elbows for Sizes through 14 Inches in Diameter and Pressures through l0-Inch
wg: 0.022 inch.
METAI DUCTS 15815 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII'MS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS
Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following:
I . Supply Ducts: I -inch wg.
2. Retum Ducts (Negative Pressure): l-inch wg
3. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): l-inch wg.
All ducts shall be galvanized steel
DUCT INSTALLATION
Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "IfVAC Duct Construction Standards--
Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated.
Install rotrnd and flat-oval ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet unless intemrpted by frttings.
Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
krstall fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections.
Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure
couplings with sheet metal screws. lnstall screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of
3 screws in each coupling.
Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
Install ducts with a clearance of I inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions
unless specifi cally indicated.
Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts,
and similar finished work.
Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward
to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws.
Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and
electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass ttrough interior partitions and
exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts
B.
5,2
F.
G.
H.
I,
J.
K.
METALDUCTS 15815 - 8
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings
on 4 sides by at least 1-1l2 inches.
N. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior
walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke
dampers are specified in Dvision 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and
installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penehation Firestop
Systems."
O. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to withstand, without damage to equipment,
seismic force required by applicable building codes. Refer to SMACNA's "Seismic Reskaint
Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."
P. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed.
a. Paint interiors of metal ducts, that do not have duct liner, for 24 inches upstream ofregisters and
grilles. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex finish coat over a compatible galvanized-steel
primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 painting
Sections.
3.3 RANGE HOOD EXHAUST DUCTS, SPECIAL INSTALLATION RTQUIREMENTS
A. Install ducts to allow for thermal expansion through 500 deg F temperature range.
B. Install ducts without dips or traps that may collect residues unless haps have continuous or
automatic residue removal.
C. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies except as permitted by applicable building codes.
3.4 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING
A. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "IfVAC Duct Construction Standards-
Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated.
1. For pressure classes lower than 2-inch wg, seal transverse joints.
B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied.
3.5 HANGINGANDSUPPORTING
A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch
intersection.
B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.
C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of
failure (proof-te st) load.
D. hstall concrete inserts before placing concrete.
METAL DUCTS 15815 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
J.T
3.8
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E, Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
1. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches thick.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section
"Duct Accessories."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" for
branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit cormections,
C.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform the following field tests and inspections according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual" and prepare test reports:
l. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing
and for compliance with test requirements.
2. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section
being tested. If pressure classes are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system
design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure.
Give seven days' advance notice for testing.
3. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Class 3 for round
and flat-oval ducts, Leakage Class 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classes lower than
and equal to 2-inch wg (both positive and negaiive pressures), and Leakage Class 6 for
pressure classes from 2- to 1O-inch wg.
4. Remake leaking joints and ret€st until leakage is equal to or less than maximum
allowable.
CLEANING NEW SYSTEMS
Mark position of dampers and air-directional mechanical devices before cleaning, and perform
cleaning before air balancing.
Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for inspection'
1. Create other openings to comply with duct standards.
2. Disconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspeclion.
3. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning process.
Vent vacuuming system to the outside. Include filfiation to contain debris removed from
HVAC systems, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and other points of
entry into building.
Clean the following metal duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
METALDUCTS 15815 - l0
B.
3.9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and retum plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
Air-handling unit intemal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section,
air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and
dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
Coils and related components.
Retum-air ducts, dampers, and actuators except in ceiling plenums and mechanical
equipment rooms.
Supply-air ducts, dampers, acfuators, and turning vanes.
Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negabve pressure.
Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integnty of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
Clean fib,rous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet.
Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten frns.
F.Cleanliness Verifi cation:
Visually inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
Where contaminants are discovered. re-clean and reinsoect ducts.
C.
CLEANING EXISTING SYSTEMS
Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for inspection.
l. Use existing service openings where possible.
2. Create other openings to comply with duct standards.
3. Disconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
4. Reseal rigid fiberglass duct systems according to NAIMA recommended practices.
5. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning process.
Mark position of dampers and air-directional mechanical devjces before cleaning, and restore to
their marked position on completion.
Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
l. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for O.3-micron size (or larger) particles.
l.
2.
3.
6.
4.
5.
J.
A
5.
1.
2.
METALDUCTS 15815 - I I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. When venting vacuuming system to the outside, use filtration to contain debris rernoved
from HVAC system, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and other
points ofentry into building.
D. Clean the following metal duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
l. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
2. Supply, retum, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and retum plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
3. Air-handling unit intemal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section,
air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and
dehumidifiers, frlters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
4. Coils and related components.
5. Retum-air ducts, dampers, and acfuators except in ceiling plenums and mechanical
equipment rooms.
6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
E. MechanicalCleaningMethodology:
l. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systerns and remove contaminants from building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negative presswe.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated
or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten fins
6. Provide operative drainage system for washdown procedures.
7. Biocidal Agents and Coatings: Apply biocidal agents if fungus is present. Apply
biocidal agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface
deposits and debris.
F. CleanlinessVenfication:
1. Verify cleanliness after mechanical cleaning and before application of treatnent,
including biocidal agents and protective coatings.
2. Visually inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
3. Where contaminants are discovered, re-clean and reinspect ducts.
G. Verification of Coil Cleaning: Cleaning must restore coil pressure drop to within l0 percent of
pressure drop measured when coil was first installed. If original pressure drop is not known,
coil will be considered clean only if it is free of foreign matter and chemical residue, based on
thorough visual inspection.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
IMETALDUCTS15815 - 12
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION 15815
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
METALDUCTS 15815 - l3
I
I
WESTHAVEN coNDoMINILMs 100% CD: September 2005
r Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
r,=
- SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES
II
PART 1-GENERAL
I
I.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
ta
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Dvision I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
rl!rrI t.z SI'MMARY
I A. This Section includes the followrng:
I
l. Backdraftdampers.
f 2. Volume dampers.
J 3. Motorized control dampers.
4. Fire dampers.
I 5. Ceiling fire dampers.
I 6. Smokedampers.
7. Combination fire and smoke dampers.
ra 8. Turning vanes.
I g. Duct-mormting access doors.tt 10. Flexible connectors.
11. Flexible ducts.
I 12. Duct accessory hardware.!
B. Related Sections include the followine:
ll l. Division 13 Section "Fire Alarm" for duct-mounting fire and smoke detectors.
2- Division 15 Section "IIVAC Instrumentation and Conhols" for electric and pneumatic
t damper actuators.
I
t 1.3 SLIBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For the followine:
t l. Backdraft dampers.
4 2. Volume dampers.
3. Motorized control dampers.
I ! Fire dampers.
ll 5. Ceiling fire dampers.
6. Smoke dampers.
11 '7. Combination fire and smoke dampers.
|\ 8. Turningvanes.
9. Duct-mounting access doors.
r 10. Flexible connectors.
I
I
DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
T
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
n
I
I
l
!
I
T
I
I
I
B.
t.4
1.5
2.1
2.2
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
11. Flexible ducts.
B, Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
1. Special fittings.
2. Manual-volumedamperinstallations.
3. Motorized-conholdamperinstallations.
4. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, and combination fire- and smoke-damper installations,
including sleeves and duct-mounting access doors.
5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, sigrral, and conhol wiring.
C- Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations
and ceiling-mounting items. Show ceiling-mounting access panels and access doors required
for access to duct accessories.
QUALTTY ASSURANCE
Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heafing and Air Conditioning Systems."
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1 . Fusible Links: Fumish quantity equal to l0 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
SHEET METAL MATERIALS
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Slandards-Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise
indicated.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; compllng with ASTM A653lA 653M and
having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed
to vlew.
DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - 2
I- WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINILMS 100% CD: September 2005
i Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
D galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.
I D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, l/4-inchminimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
.: minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
-2.3 BACKDRAFTDAMPERS
I
I A. Manufacturers:
I L Air Balance, [nc.
tr 2. American Warming and Ventilating.r 3. cESCoProducts.
- 4. Duro Dyne Corp.
I 5. Greenheck.ft 6. Penn Ventilation Company, Inc.
A 7. Prefco Products, Inc.
I 6. r<usxrn Company.! 9. Vent Products Company, Inc.
t B. Description: Multipte-blade, parallel action gravity balanced, with center-pivoted blades of
t maximum 6-inch width, with sealed edges, assembled in rattle-free manner with 9O-degree stop,
steel ball bearings, and axles; adjustment device to permit setting for varying dillerential static
ll pressure.
r.''t C. Frame: 0.052-inchr thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners and mounting flange.
I D. Blades: 0.025-inch- thick, roll-formed aluminum.
rt'
E. Blade Seals: Neoprene.
) F. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
I G. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
rF H. Retum Spring: Adjustable tension.
A
r 2.4 VOLUMEDAMPERS
f A. Manufacturers:It
l. Air Balance, Inc.
I 2. American Warming and Ventilating.
I 3. FlexmasterU.S.A., Inc.
4. McGill AirFlow Corporation.
G 5. METAI-AIRE, ktc.
l 6. Nailor Industries Inc.
7. Penn Ventilation Company, Inc.
I 8. Ruskin Company.
I
I DUCTACCESSORIES 15820 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
9. Vent Products ComPanY, Inc.
B. General Description: Factory fabricated, with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen
damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a lixed
position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct
consistent with pressure class.
1. Pressure Classes of 3-Inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles
full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft-
C. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design as
indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or
vertical applications.
1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thick,
with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to
walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.
2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel.
3. Aluminum Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch- thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with
flanges where indicated for attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for
installing in ducts.
4. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.1O-inch- thick aluminum sheet.
5. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch- thick extruded aluminum'
6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
7 . Bearings: Oil-impregnated bronze.
8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.
9. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
D. Low-Leakage Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design as
indicated, lowJeakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or
vertical applications.
1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch thiclq
with mitered and welded comers; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to
walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.
2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.0fi-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel.
3. Aluminum Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch- thick, aluminum sheet charmels; frames with
flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for
installing in ducts.
4. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch- thick aluminum sheet.
5. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch- thick extruded aluminum.
6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
7. Bearings: Oil-impregnated bronze thrust or ball.
8. Blade Seals: Neoprene.
9. Jamb Seals: Cambered aluminum.
10. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
E. Jackshaff: l-inch- diameter, galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly
mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies.
I
I
I
I
I
l
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
!
I
T
l
I
IDUCT ACCESSORIES 1s820 - 4
B.
2.5
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
t
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIM S
Vail. Colorado
100io CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Length and Number of Mountings: Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in
multiple-damper assembly.
F. Damper Hardware: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick
zinc-plated steel, and a 314-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit damper
operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.
MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPERS
Manufacturers:
1. Air Balance, Inc.
2. American Warming and Ventilating.
3. CESCOProducts.
4. Duro Dyne Corp.
5. Greenheck.
6. McGill AirFlow Corporation.
7. METALAIRE, hrc.
8. Nailor Industries Inc.
9. Penn Ventilation Company, Inc.
10. Ruskin Company.
11. Vent Products Cornpany Inc,
General Description: AMCA-rated, opposed-blade design; minimum of 0.1084-inch- thiclq
galvanized-steel frames with holes for duct mounting; minimum of 0.0635-inch- thich
galvanized-steel damper blades with maximum blade width of 8 inches.
1. Secure blades to 1/2-in;h- diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with
nylon blade bearings, bladeJinkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass, ends sealed
against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every
blade.
2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
3. Provide opposed-blade design with inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber
seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, aI differential
pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is being held by torque of 50 in. x lbf; when tested
according to AMCA 500D.
FIREDAMPERS
Manufacturers:
Air Balance, Inc.
CESCO Ptoducts.
Greenheck.
McGill AirFlow Corporation.
METALAIRE, Inc-
Nailor Industries lnc.
Penn Ventilation Company, Inc.
Prefco Products, Inc.
DUCTACCESSORIES 15820 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
9. Ruskin Company.
10. Vent Products ComPanY, Inc.
I l. Ward Industries, Inc.
100%o CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
il
;
l
l
I
T
B. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555.
C. Fire Rating:- AS SHOWN ON PLANS
D. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-
thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking comers.
E, Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel.
1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick as indicated and of length to suit
application.
2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of
perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper frame
complies with sleeve requirements.
F. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated'
G. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of
interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors.
H. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring.
I. Fusible Links: Replaceable,Z|2 deg F rated.
2.7 CEILING FIRE DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Air Balance, Inc.
2. CESCO Products.
3. Greenheck.
4. McGill AirFlow Corporation.
5. METALAIRE, ktc.
6- Nailor Industries Inc.
7. Penn Ventilation ComPanY, [nc.
8. Prefco Products, lnc.
9. Ruskin Company.
10. Vent Products ComPanY, Inc.
I 1. Ward Industries, Inc.
B. General Description: Labeled according to UL 555C; comply with construction details for
tested floor- and roof-ceiling assemblies as indicated in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory."
C. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, rormd or rectangular, style to suit ceiling construction.
D. Blades: Galvanized sheet steel with refractory insulation.
DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - 6
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
2.8
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
E. FusibleLinks: Replaceable,2l2degFrated.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l
I
;
I
l
COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS
Manufacfurers:
1. Air Balance, Inc.
2. CESCO Products.
3. Greenheck.
4. Nailor Industries lnc.
5. Penn Ventilation Company, lnc.
6. Ruskin Company.
General Description: Labeled according to UL 5555. Combination fire and smoke dampers
shall be labeled according to UL 555 for l-l/2-how rating.
Fusible Links: Replaceable,2l2 deg F rated.
Frame and Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel.
Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch- thiclg galvanized sheet steel; length to suit
wall or floor application.
Damper Motors: Modulating and two-position action.
1. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."2. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear
trains.
3. Spring-Retum Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated.
Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing desigred for service or
adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating
of 150 in. x lbf.
4. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed
to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with intemal heaters to permit normal
operation at minus 40 deg F.
5. Nonspring-Retum Motors: For dampers larger than 25 sq. ft., size motor for running
torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating of 300 in. x lbf.
6. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase,60Hz.
TURNINGVANES
Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standmds--Metal and
Flexible" for vanes and vane nrnners, Vane runners shall automatically align vanes'
Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate l-1/2-inch- wide, double-vane, curved blades of
galvanized sheet steel set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches
o.c.; and set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.
l. Manufacturers:
A.
B.
2.9I
I
l
I
t DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
a. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
b. Duro Dyne Corp.
c. METALAIRE, Inc.
d. Ward Industries, Inc.
C. Acoustic Tuming Vanes: Fabncate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces
and fibrous-slass fill.
2.TO DUCT-MOI-]NTINGACCESSDOORS
A. General Description: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
B. Door: fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for
duct pressure class. Include vision panel rvhere indicated. Include l-by-l-inch butt or piano
hinge and cam latches.
l. Manufacfurers:
a. American Warming and Ventilating.
b. CESCOProducts.
c. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
d. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
e. Greenheck.
f. McGill AirFlow CorPoration.
g. Nailor Industries Inc,
h. Ventfabrics, Inc.
i. Ward Industiies, Inc.
2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets'
3. Provide number ofhinges and locks as follows:
a. Less Than 12 Inches Square: Secure with two sash locks.
b. Up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks.
C. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber.
D. Insulation: 1-inch- thick, fibrous-glass or polystyrene-foam board'
2.11 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
l. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
2. Duro Dyne Corp.
3. Ventfabrics, Inc.
4. Ward Industries, Inc.
B. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives
complying with UL 181, Class 1'
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
'TI
T
t
I
IDUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
l
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS lO}o/oCD:- September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric sfrtp 3-112 inches wide attached to
two strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick
aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with ducts.
D. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.
1. MinimumWeight; 26 oz./sq. yd..
2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbflinch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling-
3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
2.12 FLEXIBLEDUCTS
A. Manufacturers:
l. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
2. Hart & Cooley, Inc.
3. McGill AirFIow Corporation.
B. Noninsulated-Duct Connectors: UL l8l, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically
wound, spring-steel wire.
l. Pressure Rating: l0-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative.
2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm.
3. Temperature Range: Minus l0 toplus 160 deg F.
C. Insulated-Duct Cormectors: UL l8l, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound,
spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; aluminizedl vapor barrier film.
1 . Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and I .O-inch wg negative'
2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F.
D. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band
with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 through 18 inches to suit duct size-
2.13 DUCTACCESSORYHARDTSARE
A. L:rstrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screv/ cap
and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to
suit duct insulation thickness.
B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline
and grease.
I
t DUCTACCESSORIES 15820 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.1 APPLICATIONANDINSTALLATION
A. krstall duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AHl l6, "Fibrous
Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.
B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories
in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts,
and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.
C. Install backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where
indicated.
D. Install volume dampers in ducts with liner; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.
E. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, retum, and exhaust systems where branches
lead from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install at a minimum of two duct widths
from branch takeoff.
F. Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.
G. Install fire and smoke dampers, with fusible links, according to manufacturer's Ul-approved
written instructions.
H. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and
terminal units as follows:
1. On both sides ofduct coils.
2. Downsteam fiom volume dampers and equipment.
3. Adjacent to fire or smoke dampers, providing access to reset or reinstall fusible links.
4. To interior of ducts for cleaning; before and after each change in direction, at maximum
50-foot sPacing.
5. On sides of ducts where adequate clearance is available.
L lnstall the following sizes for duct-mounting, rectangular access doors:
l. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches.
2. Two-Hand Access: 12 bY 6 inches.
3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches.
4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches.
5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches'
6. BodyPlusLadderAccess: 25by lTinches.
J. krstall the following sizes for duct-mounting, round access doors:
1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches in diameter.
2. Two-Hand Access: 10 inches in diameter.
3. Head and Hand Access: 12 inches in diameter.
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
1
t
IDUCT ACCESSORTES 15820 - l0
v wESTHAVENcoNDoMINTUMS
- Vail, Colorado
!' 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 18 inches in diameter.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I 5. Body Access: 24 inches in diameter.
K. Label access doors accordins to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification."
t L. hstall flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and
a motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators.
I M. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with maximum 12-inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not
I use flexible ducts to change directions.
t N. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts with maximum 60-inch lengths of
I flexible duct clamped or sfrapped in place.
I O. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands.
I P. Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes.
I 3.2 ADruSTING
t A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.
rr B. Adjust fire and smoke dampers for proper action,
1| C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Division 15 Section "Testing,t Adjusting, and Balancing."
I. ENDOF SECTION 15820
T
I
I
I,
t
I
I
t DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820 - I l
a
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
r Vail, Colorado
I
SECTION 1 sgOO-.CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
I PARrI -.ENERAL
I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
- A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of these
Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be governed by the requirements thereunder.
T 1.2 WORKINCLUDED
il A. Provide an electronic control system as described on the drawings with components furnished and
J installed by the temperature control manufacturer or by the manufacturer's representative. Provide all
compon€nts, materials and widng (except as noted herein) to make a complete system capable of a1l
control requirements and functions described herein. Coordinate control requirements wiih project
contractors and equipment suppliers to avoid conflict or omissions. The system shall be complete in
all respects, put in operation and calibrated under occupied conditions.
t B. The controls and instrumentation system required for this work includes, but is not necessarily limited
IO:
1 . Boiler controls.
2. Snowmelt controls,
3. Chiller controls.
4. Garage ventilation.
5. System controls.
6. Circulation pump controls.
7. HVAC system controls.
8. Make-up and exhaust air unit controls.
9. Domestic hot water controls.
10. Hydronic baseboard and fan coil conttols.
11. All other control items indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or needed for a complete
and proper control installation in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations.
| 1 'IqNERALl|.J\Jr-I A. All automatic control valves shall be furnished by the Temperature Control Manufacturer and installed
gnder his supervision under the Mechanical Division. All automatic control darnpers, unless
otherwise specified, shall be fumished by the Temperature Control Manufacturer and installed rmder
his supervision.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t t.4 wrRrNG
I
A. All wiring shall comply with the National Electric Code, local codes and the Electrical Division of
I these specifications.
IT B. All wiring shall be run in metallic conduit, tubing or raceways.
- l. Exceptions:I ? NEC class 2 low voltage rviring where not exposed to view such as above suspended ceilings, in
' shafts, etc., may be run in cable. Not allowable above ceilings used as retum air plenums.
-) 3. Wiring enclosed in Ternperatwe Control panels'
,r
-
I
CONTROLSAND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIjMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
t
I
I
I
r
C. AII low voltage conductors shall be 18 gauge minimum, except 19 gauge may be used for home nms
to central conhol panels , and 22 gauge minimum for resistance or thermistor sensing element
connectlons.
D. All control interlocks and control panels shall be wired by the Temperature Control Manufactwer,
except one 120 volt power circuit to each control panel shall be provided under the Electrical Division.
Al1 other 120 volt power shall be by the Mechanical Division.
1,5 DRAWINGS
A. The Temperature Control Manufacturer shall submit shop drawings of equipment, control panels and
wiring diagrams to the MECH.{NICAL ENGINEER for review.
B. Upon review and refurn of above shop drawings, the Temperature Conhol Manufacturer shall disperse
the required information to other trades involved in the work'
C. Shop drawings shall consist of descriptive literature, control diagrams, wiring diagrams, damper
schedule, auto valve schedule, sequence of control, piping diagrams for all valves and shall show
equipment arrangement in all panel fronts. Show location in building for all panels.
1.6 DAMPER ANDVALVE OPERATION
A. Provide pilot positioners with positive shaft feedback for all sequencing applications.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTTIRERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are; Iohnson Conhol Company, Trane, Carrier, Tekrnar, or
Honey'rvell. Others must be approved by the mechanical engineer before bidding. It is
recognized that packaged equipment comes dother names on controls and that sorne firnctions
are accomplished dother named components. This specification does not intend to prohibit
this practice.
LOW VOLTAGE POWER
A1l control devices and panels containing low voltage power sources shall inherently comply
with NEC Class 2 requirements (cunent limiting), or shall be supplied with branch circuit
fusing to limit control circuit cu:rent to NEC Class 2. All control transformers shall be of the
inherent current limiting type, or shall be installed with primary discormect and overload
protection.
THERMOSTATS
Transmitters shall be liquid filled capillary averaging bulbs of maximum length unless specified
otherwise. Liquid insertion themostats shall be provided with separable wells.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
t
I
2.2
z-.)
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 2
A.
A,
B.
A.
B.
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Solid State sensors for duct and air handling equipment shall be averaging type unless specified
otherwise. Liquid sensors shall be provided with separable wells.
C. All thermostats shall have a fully adjustable setpoints.
D. All thermostats shall be 7 -day programmable set-back type with heaVcool auto-changeover.
E. All public area thermostats shall have concealed adjustment and locking cover in the following
areas:
PRESSI]RE CONTROLS
Static and differential pressure controllers and indicators shall be transmitter and panel mounted
receiver controller type, unless specified otherwise. Provide panel mounted pressure indication
at each sensing point.
DAMPERS
Damper frames shall be 13 gauge galvanized steel channel on l/8" extruded aluminum with
reinforced comer bracing. Damper bearings shall be nylon or Teflon. Bushings that turn in the
bearing are to be oil impregnated sintered metal. Damper blades shall not exceed (6) inches in
width. Blades are to be suitable for high velocity performance. All edges of the blades and top,
bottom and sides of the frame shall be provided with replaceable, butyl rubber or neopren€
seals. Side seals may be spring loaded stainless steel. The seals shall provide a maximum of
1o/o leakage when sized at a wide open face velocity of 1500 fom 4" static pressure. The
damper linkage shall provide a linear flow of equal pelcentage characteristic is required.
Dampers to be Pacific Series 210, Johnson "Proportion/Air", Honeyrrell "Moduflow low
leakage", Ruskin "CD50 low leakage," Penn Air Control Damper PBD or OBD or equivalent.
VALVES
Valves in water and anti-freeze system shall be sized for not more than
-
psi drop.
A1l valves shall open for full supply water flow from heating or cooling generation plant
whenever a loss of power or air supply to the valves occur. If valves are involved with a
changeover tlpe operation tle valves shall fail open to the heating water supply.
FREEZE DETECTION THERMOSTATS
Each supply system with water and steam coils taking outside air shall have a freeze protection
thermostat located on the downstream side of the coil. Thermostats shall be adjustable electric
contact type silver plated, having manual reset with 20' flexible sensing bulb of increment type
with any section capable of actuating mechanism on temperature drop below setpoint. When
temperature drops below setpoint, thermostat shall stop fan(s) and close outside air damper.
They shall have an isolated set of contacts for alarm system.
DIRTY FILTERGAUGES
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITJMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
3
I
t
I
1
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
A. Provide and install differential pressure air filter gauges of suitable range with sensing tips
located on the inlet and outlet side of all supply fan filters. Differential pressure gauges Dwyer
Series 2000-AF Magrrehelic or equivalent with scale range approximately twice the pressure
drop recommended for filter change.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 THERMOSTATS
A. Provide install a 3-1/2" dial, remote bulb thermometer adj acent to each remote bulb thermostat
which is not provided with temperature indication by another part of this contract. Provide
outside air sensing thermometer in each equipment room.
3.2 LOCAL CONTROL PANELS
A. Provide and install local control panels at each HVAC, H & V, AC, Make Up Air System and
Domestic Water System. Group these together into one panel when equipment is located in one
equipment room. The panels shall be totally enclosed with hinged door and containing all
relays, switches, gauges, etc.
3.3 WIRINGOFCONTROLDEVICES
A. Conhol devices carrying full load current fumished by Mechanical and wired by Electrical shall
be located at the device being controlled, unless shown on the &awings or mutual agreement is
made between the contractors with no change in the contract price.
3.4 SYSTEM CHECKOUT
A. Prior to conhol persons leaving job site, they must confirm in writing to the Architect or
Engineer that all systems are operating satisfactorily as shown on approved shop drawings.
3.5 SEQUENCE OF CONTROL
ENDOF SECTION
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 4
Ia WESTHAVENCONDOMINITIMS 100% CD: September2005
I VAiI, COIOTAdO FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SEQUENCE OF CONTROL
t\T 1. P'11B,.2 BOILERSAND CIRCULATION PUMPS P-5
I A. THE BoILERS SHALL BE STAGEDANDoPERATED ONLYAS NEEDEDI THRoUGH THE BoILER MANUFACTURER'S BURNER CONTROL MODULE.
I B. THE BOILER SHALL RUN SUBJECT TO ITS OWN INTERNAL SAFETIES.
I C. BOILER SYSTEM OPEMTION:
-IJ 1. THE BOILER SYSTEM AND RESPECTIVE PUMPS SHALL STAGE ON
WHEN PRIMARY HEATING WATER SYSTEM CALLS FOR HEAT.
3,
f,It 2. WHEN A BOILER tS CALLED TO ACTIVATE, THE RESPECTIVE.t BOILER CIRC PUMP P-5 SHALL ACTIVATE. AN INSERTION TYPEr lb?wf#liE*'*"*"55Rry*b?il5s#:,P?',H'[Hftb:'I VERIFIED. THE BOILERS SHALL NOT FIRE AND AN ALARM IS
GENERATED.
} 3. To PREVENT SHoRT CYCLING, THE BOILER SYSTEM SHALL RUN
, FOR AND BE OFF FOR MINIMUM ADJUSTABLE TIMES (BOTH USER
DEFINABLE), UNLESS SHUTDOWN ON SAFETIES.
t 4. BOILERS SHALL BE LOCKED-OUT UNTIL MOTORIZED COMBUSTION
- AIR DAMPERS PROVE OPEN.r
I 5. BOILERS LEAD/LAG OPERATION:
! a THE BOILERS SHALL OPERATE lN A LEAD/LAG FASHION.
1) THE LEAD BOILER SHALL RUN FIRST'
l 2\ oN FAILURE oF THE LEAD BolLER, THE LAG BoILER
SHALL RUN AND THE LEAD BOILER SHALL TURN OFF.tf 3) oN DEcREASING PRIMARY HoTwATER
TEMPEMTURE, EACH BOILER SHALL STAGE ON IN
I ORDER AND RUN rN UNTSON W|TH THE LEAD BOILER
I TO MAINTAIN HOTWATER TEMPERATURE SET
POINT.
I 4) THE DESIGNATED LEAD BOILER SHALL ROTATE
DAILY
I D. HOTWATER SUPPLY (HWS) TEMPERATURE SETPOINT RESET:
I
t
I
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINiUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. BOILERS SHALL MAINTAIN A LEAVING SUPPLY WATER
TEMPEMTURE OF l8}o/oYoDF (ADJ-) TO INJECT INTO THE PRIMARY
HEATING WATER LOOP. BOILERS SHALL STAGE ON AS NEEDED
TO MEET NECESSARY SETPOINTS.
2. THE PRIMARY HEATING WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE
SETPOINT SHALL RESET BASED ON OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE.
a PROVIDE AN OUTDOORAIR SENSOR LOCATED ON THE
NORTH EXPOSURE TO HAVE DDC PROGRAM OUTDOOR AIR
RESET.
b AS OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE RISES FROM 0%%DF (ADJ.)
TOTOYOYODF (ADJ.) THE HWS TEMPERATURE SETPOINT
SHALL RESET DOWNWARDS FROM 1$OO/O%DF (ADJ.) TO
16O%%DF (ADJ.).
2. BOILER ROOM EMERGENCY KILL SWITCH
A. BOILER MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE CONTROLWIRING SCHEMATIC
FOR BOILER SHUTDOWN SWITCHES LOCATED AT ALL BOILER ROOM
EXIT DOORS, SHUTDOWN CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL COMPLYWITH
ASME.CDS-1. LATEST EDITION "CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES FOR
AUTOMATICALLY FIRED BOILERS." DIVISION 15 CONTRACTORS SHALL
PROVIDE THE SWITCHES AND ALL REQUIRED CONTROL WIRING. ALL
WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. ACLEAR POLYCARBONATE HINGED
COVER SHALL BE PROVTDED TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL OPERATION OF
SWITCHES. SWITCHES SHALL HAVE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES TO
IDENTIFY SWITCHES AS "BOILER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN.' DIVISION 15
CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 16 FOR
SAFE SHUTDOWN OF BOILERS.
3, P-1 PRIMARY HEATING WATER PUMPS
A. THE PUMPS SHALL BE ENABLED TO RUN WHENEVER ANY OF THE
FOLLOWING SITTJATIONS EXIST:
1. SNOWMELT HEAT EXCHANGER CALLS FOR HEAT.
2. DOMESTIC HOTWATERGENERATORCALLS FOR HEAT.
3. A DEFINABLE NUMBER OF HEATING WATER COILS CALL FOR
HEAT.
B. PUMP OPEMTION:
1. THE TWO PUMPS SHALL OPERATE IN A LEAD/LAG FASHION.
a THE LEAD PUMP SHALL RUN FIRST,
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
ICONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 6
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
,- Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I b ON FAILURE OF THE LEAD PUMP, THE LAG PUMP SHALL
I\ RUN AND THE LEAD PUMP SHALL TURN OFF.I
C THE DESIGNATED LEAD PUMP SHALL ROTATE WEEKLY OR
I MoNTHLY.
,
fl 4. P-2, SNOWMELT PUMP
I A. SNOWMELT MOISTURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO BE LOCATED IN A
r HIGH, ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. WHEN THE SENSOR SENSES THEI ?HJ'JBE3fiffTR'"wHl1'"=,Hy,rK"ffi+Jt?'^t#ff$?'FIH,??-.r- CONTINUOUSLY.
l' B. AN tN-sLAB TEMpEMTURE sENSoR sHouLD ALso BE TNSTALLED tN A
NORTH/SHADED AREA OF THE SNOWMELT AREA TO PROVIDE THE
CAPABILIry OF IDLING THE SNOWMELT SYSTEM IF NECESSARY.I
C. PROVIDE A MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH WITH A SIX HOUR (ADJ.) TIMER
TO CYCLE THE SYSTEM FOR ICE CLEARING.I
5. HX-1, SNOWMELT HEAT EXCHANGER
I A. THE SNOWMELT HEAT EXCHANGERSYSTEM SHALL HAVEA
TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN THE SNOWMELT SUPPLY PIPING. THE
I SENSOR THROUGH A CONTROLLER SHALL PROVIDE A SIGNAL TOI il,??ys,lF,ilB=#Rilii[",HAT,=ai?]l[ihxah"'=;[ffi,='lfii'''"
SNOWMELT SUPPLY SETPOINT TEMPEMTURE.
rP 6. WH-1. DOMESTICWATER HEATING
I i. A sELF coNTATNED AouASTAT sHALL cycLE ASSocTATEDt coNTRoL vALVE To MAINTAIN TANK sETPolNT.
I 7. p-3, DoMESTtc HoTwATER REclRcuLATloN PUMP
I 1. PUMP SHALL RUN TO MAINTAIN A HOTWATER RECIRCULATION
I WATERTEMPEMTURE SENSOR SETAT 1OF BELOWWATER
t HEATER sETpotNT LoCATED tN prprNc JUST oursrDE oF BoILER
ROOM.
I 8. cH-1, cHILLER AND PAcKAGED PUMPS
.- A. CH.1, CHILLERS:
I\I 1. CHILLER RUN CONDITIONS:
t
I
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN: THE CHILLER SHALL SHUT
DOWN AND AN ALARM GENERATED UPON RECEIVING AN
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SIGNAL STATUS.
REFRIGERANT DETECTION: THE CHILLER SHALL SHUT
DOWN AND AN ALARM GENERATED UPON RECEIVING A
REFRIGEMNT LEAK DETECTION STATUS.
c THE CHILLER SHALL BE ENABLED WHENEVER A DEFINABLE
NUMBER OF CHILLED WATER COILS NEED COOLING AND
FLOW STATUS IS PROVEN THROUGH THE EVAPOMTOR
AND CONDENSER.
d TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING, THE CHILLER SHALL RUN
FOR AND BE OFF FOR MINIMUM ADJUSTABLE TIMES (BOTH
USER DEFINABLE), UNLESS SHUTDOWN ON SAFETIES OR
OUTSIDE AIR CONDITIONS.
CHILLER CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (CHS) SETPOINT:
a THE CHILLER SHALL MAINTAIN A CHS TEMPEMTURE
SETPOINT AS DETERMINED BY ITS OWN INTERNAL
CoNTROLS (PROVIDED BY OTHERS).
THE CHILLER SHALL HAVE:
a AUSERADJUSTABLE DELAYON START.
b THE DELAY TIME SHALL BE SET APPROPRIATELY TO
ALLOW FOR ORDERLY CHILLED WATER SYSTEM START-UP,
SHUTDOWN AND SEQUENCING.
THE CHILLER SHALL RUN SUBJECT TO ITS OWN INTERNAL
SAFETIES AND CONTROLS.
ALARMS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
a FAILURE: COMMANDED ON, BUT THE STATUS IS OFF.
b RUNNING IN HAND: COMMANDED OFF, BUT THE STATUS IS
oN.
c RUNTIMEEXCEEDED: STATUSRUNTIMEEXCEEDSAUSER
DEFINABLE LIMIT.
CHILLER INTERFACE MONITOR:
2.
3.
T
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
N
l
4.
5.
T
t
I
I
o.
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - I
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIJMS
Vail. Colorado
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7\
8)
e)
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
CHILLER I{A/.
CHILLED WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SETPOINT.
CHILLER OPERATING HOURS.
EVAPORATOR REFRIGEMNT PRESSURE.
CONDENSER REFRIGERANT PRESSURE.
OIL OIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE.
OIL TEMPEMTURE.
CHILLER RUN STATUS.
COMPRESSOR RUN STATUS.
A CURRENT CHILLER STATUS AND OPERATING CONDITIONS
SHALL BE MONITORED THROUGH ITS COMMUNICATIONS
INTERFACE PORT. THE FOLLOWING POINTS SHALL BE
MONITORED AND TRENDED THROUGH THE CHILLER
INTERFACE AS FOLLOWS:
EF-3. GAMGE VENTILATION FAN CONTROLLED WITH GARAGE CARBON
MONOXIDE SENSORS.
1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
SENSORS ARE VULCAIN, MACURCO, ACME, OR OTHER APPROVED
EQUAL.
2. ACONTROL PANEL LOCATED INTHE GARAGE SHALL
INCORPORATE THE NECESSARY LOGIC AND CIRCUITS TO SIGNAL
THE FAN TO OPERATE AND THE MOTORIZED DAMPERS ON THE
AIR INTAKE LOUVERS TO OPEN.
3. INSTALL REMOTE MOUNTED CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORS TO
COMPLETELY COVER ALLAREAS OF THE GARAGE VOLUME PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. THE CARBON
MONOXIDE SENSORS SHALL BE WIRED IN PARALLEL SO ANY
SENSORWILL SATISFY THE SEOUENCE BELOW:
4. CARBON MONOXIDE SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF CONTROL:
a IF ANY SENSOR DETECTS CARBON MONOXIDE LEVELS AT
50 PARTS PER MILLION (PPM), INTAKE LOUVER MOTORIZED
DAMPERS SHALL OPEN AND THE FAN SHALL START.
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
b IF THE CARBON MONOXIDE LEVELS REACH 2OO PPM, THE
PANEL SHALL GO ON VISUAL ALARM AND SOUND A
REMOTE AUDIBLE ALARM.
9. UNIT HEATERS AND CABINET HEATERS
A, A UNIT MOUNTED OR WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT (SEE DRAWINGS)
SHALL OPEN A TWO.WAY TWO POSITION VALVE IN THE HEATING WATER
SUPPLY PIPING ON DEMAND FOR HEAT AND CYCLE THE HEATER FAN TO
MAINTAIN ITS SETTING.
10. BB-1 BASEBOARD
A. A WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT SHALL CYCLE THE UNIT TO MAINTAIN
SETPOINT OF 68%%DF (ADJ.) IN OCCUPIED SPACES.
11. EF-1,EF-2, EF-g, EF.1O, AND EF-11 CONDOMINIUM EXHAUST FANS
A. A WALL SWITCH IN BATHROOM SHALL CONTROL THE EXHAUST FAN.
12. EF-8 DRYER BOOSTER FAN
A. BOOSTER FAN TO BE OPERATED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED
CONTROLS.
13. EF-s ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM EXHAUST
A. A COOLING ONLY THERMOSTAT WILL ACTIVATE EXHAUST FAN WHEN
THE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 9OO/O%DF (ADJ.).
14. EF-6TRASH AREA
A. FANS SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY.
15. EF-7 ELECTRICAL ROOM VENTILATION
A. A COOLING ONLYTHERMOSTATWILLACTIVATE EXHAUST FAN WHEN
THE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 9O%%DF (ADJ.),
16. ELEVATORSHAFTVENT
A. THE MOTORIZED DAMPER IN THE UPPER PART OF THE SHAFT SHALL BE
POWERED CLOSED. UPON ACTIVATION OF LOBBY SMOKE DETECTOR,
DAMPER SHALL OPEN.
17. GAS FIREPLACE VALVES
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
ICONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 10
t
I
I
T
r
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
At Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONrI A. pRovrDE AWALL swrrcH oR KEvED sHUT-oFF To cLosE THE GAS
n VALVE.
I 18. CONDO UNIT FAN COILS
t A. AWALL MouNTED AUTo-cHANGEovER HEATTNG/cooLINGa THERMoSTAT sHALL cYCLE A 2-wAY oR 3-wAY coNTRoLVALVE
EITHER ON THE COOLING COIL OR HEATING COIL TO MAINTAIN ROOM
I TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. FAN COILS AT THE TOP OF EACH RISER WILL
t HAVE 3-wAyvALVES oN THE HEATTNG AND cooLtNG cotLs. ALL
OTHER CONDO FAN COILS WILL HAVE 2-WAY VALVES ON THE HEATING
COILS AND 3-WAYVALVES ON THE COOLING COILS.
I 19. FC-1 1, FAN COIL FC-8 (CORRIDOR HEATING AND COOLING)
A. FAN TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY.
B. 2-SPACE THERMOSTATS LOCATED IN THE FIRST FLOOR LOBBY AND
THIRD LEVEL CORRIDOR SHALL AVERAGE TO MODULATE A 3-WAY
CONTROL VALVE ON THE HEATING OR COOLING COIL TO MAINTAIN
SPACE TEMPERATURE. HEATING CONTROL VALVE SHALL ALSO
MODULATE TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE OF
60%o/oDF (ADJ.).
C. PROVIDE FREEZESTAT DOWNSTREAM OF HEATING COIL SET AT
4So/oYoDF (ADJ.) TO SHUT DOWN FAN. HEATING CONTROL VALVE TO
OPEN TO FULL FLOW AND COOLING CONTROL VALVE TO CLOSE.
D. ALARMS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
|
1. FAN sroP
2. SIGNAL FROM FREEZESTAT
I 20. P-4 ELEVAToRSUMP EJEcroR
A. PUMP SHALL CYCLE ON AND OFF VIA FLOAT SWITCHES.
t 21. ws-1 wArER soFTENtNG EeutpMENr
I A. y6ilifijffrENrNc EQUTPMENT SHALL oPERATE oN MANUFACTURER'S
l
I
T
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 15900 - 1r
A.
B.
A.
1.1
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
DIVISION 16 -- ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1 60 I O-.ELECTRIC{ GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1-GENERAI
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
RELATED DOCT'MENTS
The General conditions, Special conditions, and contract Documents are part of these
specifications. Consult them further for instructions and be govemed by the requirements
contained thereunder.
DESCRIPTION
Work Included
1. Work shall consist of fumishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials, rmless
otherwise specified, necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as
required by the specifications and as shown on the drawings, subject to the terms and
conditions of the contract. The work shall also include the completion of those details of
electrical work not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operafion
of all electrical systems.
Work Not Included
1. Certain labor, materials, and equipment may be fumished under other sections of these
specifrcations, by Utility Companies or by the Owner; when this is the case, the extent,
source, and description of these items will be as indicated on the drawings or as
described in the specification.
PROVISIONS
Work performed under this division of the specifications shall conform to the requirements of
Division l, the electrical drawings, and all items hereinafter specified.
1. Prior to any work being performed under this division, examine architectural, structural,
food service, civil, mechanical, specialty systems, and interior design drawings and
specifications. If any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and
specifications, report discrepancies to the Architect in writing and obtain written
instructions for the work.
2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as achral
construction of the building will permit. All changes liom drawings necessary to make
the electrical work conform to the building as constructed shall be made without
additional cost to the Owner.
3. Coordinate the eleckical work with the General Contractor and be responsible to him for
satisfactory progress of the same. Coordinate electrical work with all other trades on the
prolect without additional cost to the Owner.
4. All work and materials covered by drawings and specifications shall be subj ect to review
at any time by representatives of the Architect and Owner. If the Architect or Owner's
agent finds any materials or installation that does not conform to these drawings and
specihcations, Contractor shall remove the material from the premises and correct the
installation to the satisfaction of the asent.
GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]M S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
5. ln acceptance or rejection of installed electrical systems, no allowance will be made for
lack of skill on the oart of the installers.
1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The latest editions of the following standards (including supplements and official
interpretations) are minimum requirements:
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (i'lEC).
2. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code.
3. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.
4. NFPA 110 - Emergency Power Systems
5. Conform to all applicable State and Local Codes.
6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).
8. Americans with Disabilities Acts (ADA) and American National Standards Institute
(ANSD l17.
9. NationalElectricalManufacturer'sAssociation(NEMA).
10. Joint Commission for Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO).
I 1. lnsulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
12. International Building Code.
13. lntemational Mechanical Code.
14. lntemational Fire Code.
15. Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
16. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
B. The complete installation shall comply with requirements of the utility and telephone
companies fumishing service to this installation. The drawings and specifications take
precedence when they are more stringent than codes, stafutes, or ordinances in effect.
Applicable codes, ordinances, standards and statutes take precedence when they are more
stringent or conflict with the drawings and specifications.
1.5 SPECTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Definitions: "Provide" shall mean "fumish and install". "Furnish" means to supply all
materials, labor, equipment, testing apparafus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items
customarily required for the proper and complete application. "Install" means to join, unit,
fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect together before testing and tuming over to
Owner, complete and ready for regular operation. The words "accept" or'iacceptable" denote
only that the equipment items are in general conformance with the design concept of the
project.
B, Drawings:
1. The drawings indicate the general arrangement of circuits and outlets, locations of
switches, panelboards and other work. Information shown on the drawings is schematic,
however, re-circuiting will not be permitted without specific acceptance. Drawings and
specifications are complementary to each other. What is called for by one shall be as
binding as if called for by both. Data presented on these drawings is accurate as
planning can be determined, but accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all
dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit freld conditions is directed. Review all
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
IGENERAI PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 2
B.
C.
t.7
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
Architectural, Structural and Mechanical Drawings and Specifrcations; adjust all work to
conform to all conditions shown therein. The Architectural &awings shall take
precedence over all other drawings.
2. Discrepancies between different plans, between plans and specifications, between
specifications or regulations and codes governing this installation shall be brought to the
attention of the Architect in writing before the date of bid opening. In the event such
discrepancies exist, and the Architect is not so notified, the adjudication of responsibility
shall be solely at the discretion of the Architect.
1.6 RECORDDRAWINGS
A. Maintain a current set of electrical drawings at the site. Neatly mark all changes and deviations
from the original drawings. Use a color which conhasts with the prints. This shall be a
separate set of drawings, not used for construction purposes, and shall be kept up to date as the
job progresses and shall be made available for inspection by the Archite ct at all times. These
updated progress drawings shall be used to produce the final record drawings that shall be in
AutoCad electronic format media upon project completion.
B. Upon completion of the contract, both sets (electronic and hard copy drawings) of record
drawinss shall be delivered to the Architect.
C.The Contractor shall mark all record drawings on the front lower right hand comer with a
stamp impression that reads 'RECORD DRAWINGS' or similar.
PROIECT/SITE CONDITIONS
Install work in locations shown on Drawings, tmless prevented by Project conditions.
Prior to submitting a bid, visit the site ofjob and ascertain all conditions affecting the proposed
installation and adjust all work accordingly. Make provisions for these costs.
Coordinate the work with that of all other trades, Where conflicts of work occur and departure
from the indicated arangements are necessary, consult with other Contractors involved; come
to agreement as to changed locations and elevations, etc., and obtain written acceptance from
the Architect ofproposed changes before proceeding with work.
All outages of electrical service shall be scheduled with the Owner and Utility Company hve
(5) days in advance of proposed outage. Include an overtime allowance in the bid for the
performance of all work requiring outages at such fime as it is approved by the Owner.
Outages shall be at a time and of such duration as accepted by the Owner.
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDIJLING
Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1.
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCTMENTS
Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully, and not later than seven days prior
to the date of receipt of bids, shall make written request to the Engineer for interpretation or
D,
1.8
1.9
t
I
I
I
t GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 3
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
l.t0
A.
B.
F.
)
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
correction of any discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency, or error therein which he may
discover. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an addendum by the Architect.
Only a written interpretation or correction by addendum shall be binding. No bidder shall rely
upon interpretations or corrections given by any other method. If discrepancies, ambiguity,
inconsistency, or error are not covered by addendum or written directive, Confiactor shall
include in his bid, labor materials and methods of construction resulting in higher cost. After
award of contract, no allowance or extra compensation will be made on behalf of the
Contractor due to his failure to make the written requests as described above.
Failure to request clarification during the bid period of any inadequacy, omission, or conflict
will not relieve the Contractor of their responsibilities. The signing of the contract will be
considered as implicitly denoting that the Contractor has a thorough comprehension of the full
intent and scope of the working drawings and specifications.
SUBMTTTALS
Submit under provision of Division 1 .
Listing of Equipment: The Contractor shall submit, within thirty days after the award of the
contract, a complete b/pewritten list of those items of equipment which will be furnished under
this contract. Include the name or description of the item, name of manufacturer, model, type,
and catalog number.
Submit five (5) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data, wiring diagrams and
material schedules that may be requested by the Architect for his review. The review by the
Architect will not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications
rurless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, nor shall it
relieve the Contractor ofresponsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data.
Processed shop drawings shall not be construed as change orders. The shop drawings shall
demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, indicate which equipment and
materials he intends to provide, and detail the fabrication and installation methods he intends to
use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the design
drawings and specifications are discovered, the design drawings and specifications shall
govem.
Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions (which he shall confirm and correlate at the job
site), fabrication processes and techniques of construction and coordination of his work with
that of other trades, The Contractor shall check and verifu all measurements and review shop
drawings before submitting them and sign a statement on the shop drawings which signifies
that they comply with plans and specifications and that equipment is dimensionally suitable for
the application. If any deviations from the specified requirements for any item of material or
equipment exist, such deviation shall be expressly stated in writing and incorporated with the
submittal. The Owner's copies (two of each) of the reviewed submittals shall be retained by the
Contractor until completion of the proj ect and presented in bound form to the Owner.
Shop drawings and manufacturer's published data shall be submitted for:
1. All switchboards, panelboards
2. Primary switchgear
GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 4
A.
B.
B.
D.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3. Transformers
4. Lighting fixtures (catalog cuts)
5. Fire alarm and detection system
6. Cable and satellite television system
7. lntercom system
8. Life safetY network
9. Data SYstem
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Provide, with shop drawing submittal, l/4" scale layout drawings of room with switchboards,
transformers, telephone backboards, panelboards, and data equipment. Layouts shall show
locations of, and shall be coordinated with mechanical equipment. Equipment shall be drawn
to scale.
1.I1 USE OF THE ARCHITECT'S AND/OR ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall obtain, at the Contractor's expense, from the Architect or Engineer a set of
AutoCad or compatible format architectural and engineering drawings on electr.onic media
where desired by the Contractor and/or required by the Specifications for use in preparing the
shop drawings, coordination drawings, and record drawings. The Contractor shall provide to
the Architect and Engineer a written release of liability acceptable to the Architect and
Engineer prior to receiving the electronic media.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
C.
STANDARD FOR MATERIALS
All materials shall conform to current applicable industry standards. Workrnanship and neat
appearance shall be as imporiant as the electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or
damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance, in a manner
acceptable to the Architect or Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
All electrical materials shall be acceptable for installation only if labeled or listed by a
nationally recognized testing laboratory and ifaccepted by local authorities.
SUBSTITUTIONS (CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER INITIATED)
Materials or equipment listed by several manufacfurers' names are intended to be bidder's
choice, and any of the listed manufacturers may be used in the base bid. Materials or
equipment not listed are considered substitutions.
Performance Specification: When any item is specified by requirement to meet a performance,
industry or regulating body standard or is specified generically (no manufacturer's name listed),
no prior review by the Consulting Electrical Engineer is needed unless specifically called for in
these specifications.
Contractor to be responsible for any changes and costs to accommodate any equipment except
the first named in the specification.
Substitutions for Material
I GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
D.
E.
2.3
.f-_t
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Equipment and materials not listed as equivalents may be proposed as deductive
altemates to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item to the base bid on the
Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such substitutions shall not be substituted for the base bid and must be accompanied by a
full description of the difference between the Contract Document requirements and that
of the substitution, the comparative features of each, and the effect of the change on the
end result performance. Include the impact of all changes on other contractors and
acknowledge the inclusion of additional costs to the other trades. If any such alternates
are considered, the Contractor shall submit a list of the proposed altemate substitution
items within 14 days of award of contract. Late requests for proposed substitutions will
not be accepted by the Engineer due to scheduling or delivery concerns.
BIDALTERNATE(S)
Refer to Division I and all contract documents for additional information.
Altemate(s) for Material and Equipment
1. Equipment and material bid alternate(s) shall be proposed as additive or deductive
alternate(s) to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item from the base bid
on the Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such bid altemate proposals shall not be substituted or included in the base bid. Bid
altemate proposal(s) must be accompanied by full descriptive data on the proposed
equipment, together with a statement of the cost to be added or deducted for each item.
The bid alternate shall include all materials, equipment, labor, electrical connections,
coordination with all other trades, etc. for a complete and operational system.
3. The Contractor shall submit the bid alternates at the time the base bids are due'
PART 3 - EXECUTION
L.
WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
Contractor's personnel and subcontractors selected to perform the work shall be well versed and
skilled in the trades involved.
Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with other building components.
Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning
prior to closing-in the building.
Any changes or deviations from the drawings and specifications must be accepted in writing by
the ArchitecVEngineer. All errors in installation shall be corected at the expense of the
Contractor. All specialties shall be installed as detailed on the drawings. Where detail or
specific installation requirements are not provided, manufacturer's recommendations shall be
followed.
Upon completion of work, all equipment and materials shall be installed complete, thoroughly
checked, correctly adjusted, and left ready for intended use or operation. A1l work shall be
thoroughly cleaned and all residue shall be removed from surfaces. Exterior surfaces of all
GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 6
A.
B.
3.4
3.5
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
material and equipment shall be delivered in a perfect, unblemished condition.
F. Conkactor shall provide a complete installation, including all required labor, material , carlage,
insurance, permits, and taxes.
3.2 CHASES, OPENINGS, CUTTING, AND PATCHING
A. Carefully lay out all work in advance so as to eliminate where possible, cutting, channeling,
chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and roofs. Any damage to the building,
structure, piping, ducts, equipment or any defaced finish shall be repaired by skilled mechanics
of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner and to the satisfaction ofthe Architect'
Any necessary cutting, channeling, drilling or anchoring ofraceways, outlets, or other electrical
equipment shall be performed in a careful marmer, and as accepted by the Architect.
B. All openings made in fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings shall be patched and made tight in a
manner to conform to the fire rating for the surface penetrated.
C. All penetrahons required through existing concrete construction shall be core drilled at
minimum size required. Precautions shall be taken when drilling to prevent damage to
structural concrete. Contractor shall obtain permission from the Architect before proceeding
with drilling.
3.3 PROGRESS OFWORK
A. Order the progress of electrical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other hades.
Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Any cost
resulting from defective or ill timed work performed under this Section shall be bome by this
Contractor.
PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
Obtain and pay for all permits and licenses required and fumish the Architect (for the Owner),
a certificate of frnal inspection and approval from the authorities having jurisdiction over the
electrical installation.
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
Perform all trenching and backfilling required by work performed under this Section in
accordance with the excavating and grading specifications as herein specified. This work shall
comply with the requirements of Table 300-5 of the National Electrical Code.
Excavate trenches to the depth required for the utilities involved. The trench bottom shall be
graded tnre and free from stones or soft spots. Trenches through specially treated or surfaced
areas, such as paving or blacktop, shall have the width of the surface cutting extended for a
width of eight inches (8") on each side of the open trench. Unless otherwise noted, the
disturbed surfaces shall be replaced equal to the original construction, to the original grade with
the same type of material, and to the same depths and limits as the materials removed. After
acceptance by the Architect, backfill, tamp, and compact to insure against the possibility of
differential settling, in conformity with Division 2 Specifications. Verifu location of existing
GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 7
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
or new utilities and, if damaged by this contractor, replace or repair.
I rJr\ L'\''r\D r r\L,\-' I r\rt\
I
3.6 CUTTTNGANDPATCTTTNG I
A. Provide all cutting, trenching, backfilling, patching and refinishing or resurfacing required for electrical -work in a manner meeting the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. I
3.7 DELIVERY AI\D STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. Arrange and be held responsible for delivery and safe storage of materials and equipment for electrical
installation.
B. Store materials and equipment for easy inspection and checking.
C. Carefully-mark and store all materials.
D. Deliver materials to the job site in stages of the work that will expedite the work as a whole.
E. Carefully check materials fumished to this Contractor for installation, and provid" ."".lpt I
acknowledging acceptance of delivery and condition of the materials received. Thereafter, assume full
responsibility for its safekeeping until the final installation has been reviewed and accepted.
3.8 PROTECTION OF WORJ<AND PROPERTY I
n:T:'ffi "Tr:T'15i::l:i1"'#il'"T"#i::3"i:""ilT:;?'Tl.,:'#i"il:'S::'ff l"'Txgl
intemrption of the work of Owner's operation.
Close all conduit openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover all fixtures and equipment u"U I
protect against injury. At the final completion, clean all work and deliver in an unblemished condition, a
or refinish and repaint at the discretion ofthe Architect. I
C. Any equipment or conduit systems found to have been damaged or contaminated above "MILL" or
-SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Engineer's satislaction. II
3.9 GUARANTEE
A. The entire electrical system installed under this Contract shall be left in proper working order. n"ptu"", I
without additional cost, any work, material or equipment, which develops defects in design or
worhnanship within one (1) year from date of final acceptance. -
3.IO FINAL ACCEPTAIICE '
A. Final acceptance by the Owner will not occur until all operating instructions are received und O*r,".', I
personnel have been thoroughly indoctrinated in the maintenance and operation of all equipment.
B. Operating manual, parts lists, and indoctrination of operating and maintenance personn.t' nurnish th; I
services of a qualified representative of the supplier for each item or system itemized below who
instruct specific personnel, as designated by the Owner, in the operation and maintenance of that tt.-
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
IGENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 8
D.
E.
F.
G.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
!
T
t
I
I
T
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.11
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
or system.
C. lnstruction shall be made when the particular system is complete and shall be of the number of hours
indicated and at the time requested by the Owner. A representative of the Electrical Contractor shall be
present for all demonstrations.
SYSTEM
l. Fire alarm system
2. Intercom system
3. Electrical distribution equipment (under 600
volts) including motor control centers
4. Cable TV system
5. Life safety network
6. Data svstem
HRS.
INSTRUCTION
L
2
OF
2
2
2
2
Deliver three (3) complete operating manuals and parts lists to the Owner (or his desigrrated
representative) at the time of the above required indoctination. Fully explain the contents of the
manuals as part of required indoctrination and instruct the Owner's personnel in the correct procedure
in obtaining service, both during and after the guarantee period. The operating manual and parts lists
shall give complete information as to whom the Owner shall contact for service and parts, including the
address and phone number. Fumish evidence that an authorized service organization regularly carries a
complete stock of repair parts for these items (or systems), and that the organization is available for
service. Service shall be furnished within twenty four (24) hours after requested.
Clean-up: Remove all materials, scrap, etc., relative to the electrical installation and leave the premises
and all equipment, lamps, fixtures, etc. in a clean, orderly condition. Any costs to the Owner for clean-
up of the site will be charged against the Contractor.
Acceptance Demonstration: Upon completion of the work, at a time to be desigaated by the Architect,
the Contractor shall demonstrate for the Owner the operation of the entire installation, including all
systems provided under this contract.
Operating and Acceptance Tests: Provide all labor, instruments, and equipment for the performance of
tests as specified. Submit three (3) copies of a typewritten test report for the Architect for his approval.
L Record the full load current in each phase or line at the main service entrance and for
each feeder leaving the main distribution panelboard. Readings shall be taken with the
maximum installed load connected and in operation.
2. Perform a careful inspection of the main switchboard bus strucfure and cable connections to
veriff that all connections are mechanically and elechically tight.
3. Measure the resistance to ground for the service ground, which shall not exceed ten (10) ohms
under normal soil moisture conditions. If required, install additional ground provisions in a
malmer accepted by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
IDENTIFICATION
General: Provide the following services and materials to assist the Owner in operation and
maintenance.
I GENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 9
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3-tz
A.
B.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Directory Cards, Nameplates and Labels: No temporary markings, which are visible on
equipment,, shall remain after the project is complete. Repaint trims, housing, etc., where such
markings cannot be readily removed. Defaced finishes must be refinished. All angraved metal
or plastic nameplates shall be white letters on a black or $ay background. Raised letter type
tape shall not be used. No abbreviations in labeling will be permitted without special approval.
All panelboards shall be labeled as designated on the electrical drawings. Thoroughly clean
surface to which pressure sensitive tlpe labels are applied to assure adherence of label.
Directory cards, nameplates, and labels shall indicate the general area and type of electrical
load served by each circuit. Provide the following types of labels at these locations.
l. On each feeder switch, combination starter, or circuit breaker located in motor control
centers, main service equipment, the main switchboard or panelboard, subdistribution
panelboards, and all special equipment housed in cabinets, the labeling shall be one
fourth inch (1/4") minimum height letters.
2. On each separate mounted disconnect and starter for a motor or fixed appliance, indicate
motor or appliance designation, voltage, and phase. (Motor or appliance designations
shall be as given on the Mechanical or Architectural plans.) Use three-sixteenth inch
(3/16") minimum height letters.
3. On telephone terminals indicate terminal number. Z4. On all branch circuit panelboards indicate panel designation, voltage and phase. Use I
three-fourths inch (314") minimum height stenciled letters in metal tape or one-half inch
(1/2") engraved letters on laminated nameplate. Apply to the inside of each door. All I
emergency panels and disconnects shall be painted with red enamel. I5. For all branch circuit panelboard directories, provide neatly typed, removable cards and
6 i:"J::iTJ*]';'1!:'#ffff::""::?ir:**ii:11'#li?1,i"ll"l*"'jf:H,Ti* tprovide one-eighth inch (1/8") minimum height black filled, engraved lettt
steel device plates.
7. For all receptacle device plates, provide one-eighth inch (1/8") minimum height letters I
on white (normal power) and red (emergency power) nameplates indicating panel and '"
circuit number.
8. For all exposed conduits, junction boxes, wiring gutters, etc., provide three-fourths inch I
(3/4") minimum height stenciled letters, or one-half inch (112") minimum height pressure !
sensitive labels equal to Brady self-sticking vinyl cloth. Labels shall be provided at the
following locations: Ia. Entering or leaving panels or switchgear or enclosures. !
b. All junction boxes shall be identifred as to circuits contained within.
9. Underground Utility ldentifrcation: Provide a six-inch (6") wide, yellow colored plastic t
tape. Install the tape for the continuous length of all underground primary raceways f
provided under this contract. Tape shall be buried not less than twelve inches (12")
below finished grade. Tape shall be Brady "Identoline" or acceptable and impnnted in I
large, legible, black letters "Caution - Electrical Utilities Below". I
ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR ROOFS I
Raceways penehating roofs shall be installed in a manner to preserve the integrity of the root. Provtde
":.::: J:::': :"1' ;l"]',"ff,,':ffi i"*,:es ( 1 2 ", ab.ve'he nni,r,.a I
roof surface, supported on metal stands installed with flashing and counter flashing, with maximum -T
I
I
T
I
I
I
IGENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FORCONSTRUCTION 16010 - 10
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII,]MS
I
Vail, Colorado
spacing often feet (10'-0").
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I C. Provide weatherproof duplex receptacles on roof so that no equipment installed on the roofis more than
twenty-five feet (25'-0") from a receptacle. Connect to nearest receptacle circuit unless indicated on
I olans.
| 3.13 ..NSTRUCTI.N LIGHT''NG AND powER
I
l
I
I
il
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I cENERAL pRovlsloNs Nor FoR coNSTRUCTIoN
A. Provide all temporary facilities required to supply construction power and light. Install and maintain
facilities in a manner that will protect the public and worknen. Comply with all applicable laws and
regulations.
B. Provide covered walkway lights and obstruction lights which shall be kept buming continuously
between sunset and sunrise where required.
C. Upon completion of the work, remove all temporary facilities from the site-
D. The General Conhactor shall pay for all power and light used by him and his subcontractors where
construction power is separately metered, or is taken from the permanant project metered service solely
for construction use.
E. The cutoff date for power cost allocation where permanent meters are used shall be either the agreed
date of occupancy by the Owner or the date of final acceptance of the project, whichever shall be the
earlier date.
3.14 MECHAMCAL EQUIPMENT WIRING AND CONNECTIONS
A. Furnish, set in place, and wire, except as indicated, all heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing,
fire protection, motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule. Carefully coordinate
with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these specifications'
ITEM FT]RNISIIED
T]NDER
SET IN
PLACE OR
MTD.I]NDER
WIRED
COI{IYECTED
TMIDER
I . Equipment motors and
thermal overload,
resistance heaters. (3)
MD MD ED
2. Motor controllers,
magnetic starters, reduced
voltage starters and
overload relavs.MD ED(a)ED
3. Disconnect switches,
fused or unfused, h.p.
rated switches, thermal
overload switches and
fuses, manual operating
switches.
ED(a)ED(a)ED
16010 - 11
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
7r
4. Pushbutton stations, pilot
lights, multi-speed
switches, float switches,
thermostats, control
relays, time clocks, conhol
transformers. control
panels, motor valves,
damper motors, solenoid
valves, EP and PE
switches and interlocks.MD MDO)MD(b)
5. Contactors, 120V conhol
circuit outlets for control
panels and for boiler
controls and for fire
protection controls and
smoke detectors.ED ED ED
6. Duct Detectors,
Fire/Smoke Dampers, and
Elevator Vent Dampers.MD MD ED(c)
MD:Mechanical, Division 15.
ED:Electrical. Division I 6.
If furnished as part of factory wired equipment, then wiring and connections only by ED.
If float switches, line thermostats, p.e. switches, time switches, etc., carry the FULL I
LOAD CURRENT to any motor, the Mechanical Division shall fumish them. They shall I
be set in place and connected under the Electrical Division,, except there where such items
are an integral part ofthe mechanical equipment, or directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., 1
they shall be set in place under the Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical I
Division. If they do not carry the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished,
set in place and wired under the Mechanical Division. I
Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by ED; all control function wiring by MD. t
C.
Provide electrical connections to mechanical equipment. Refer to the Mechanical specifications and -plans covering sprinkler systems, motor interlocks, switching, etc. Provide wiring, conduit, outlets and Ifinal electrical connections to all equipment.
Where motor controllers are furnished by others, install controller and provide connections at line and Iload side of controllers.
Where reduced voltage, multiple speed, duplex, triplex, leadJag, pony motor and other unusual I
controller tlpes are utilized, coordinate specific requirements of motor(s) and controller and provide I
required wiring between motor(s) and controller.
E. Provide branch circuits and connections to sump and sewage ej ector pump alarm bell system.
to emergency power distribution system.
Corrn"rt I
F. For electric water coolers verifu whether the equipment is hard wired, cord and plug "otne"t.d und I
whether a remote chiller is provided. Provide circuiting and connections to match.
T
b.
B.
D.
IGENERAL PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 12
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
- Vail, Colorado
rlI 3.15 ELEvAToRs
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
A. Locate equipment and points of connection in elevator machine rooms and elevator pits in accordance
with the requirements of the elevator vendor and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
B. Provide a fused switch or circuit breaker, dedicated 3 phase branch circuit, and power connection for
each elevator. Fused switch or circuit breaker shall be located within elevator machine room. Circuit
breaker rating shall be in accordance with elevator manufacfurer's requirements.
C. Provide a dedicated 120V,20A circuit with lockable disconnect switch and connection to each elevator
cab for elevator cab lighting and ventilation.
D. Provide a dedicated l20V,2lAcircuit and connect to elevator system tntercom in elevator machine
room.
E. hovide a dedicated circuit and comect to each elevator controller for control power. Circuit rating
shall be in accordance with the elevator vendor's requirements.
F. Provide a dedicated circuit for weatherproof lighting fixtures, lighting switches and duplex receptacles
within each elevator pit.
G. Provide a dedicated telephone outlet for each elevator. Provide and empty Vo" raceway fiom each
telephone outlet to the nearest telephone backboard.
H. Provide empty raceways from elevator shafts to the elevator control and status panel(s). Size, quantity
and location of racewav termination points shall be in accordance with the elevator vendor's
requirements.
I. Provide a firefighter's telephone jack in each elevator cab- Connect to Fire Management Systern--
F irefigfifg1's Telephone System.I
| 3.16 .*NERPR.'IDEDEe'IPMENT
I A. Provide electrical connections to owner fumished equipment.t
B. Inspect owner furnished equipment for damage, defects, missing components, etc. Report deficiencies
I to the Owner immediately. Do not install or connect deficient equipment.
I
C. Provide supports, fastenings, and auxiliary hardware necessary for a complete installation in
f accordance with the finished building conditions.
I
3,17 PERMANENTLY INSTALLED EXTERIOR SPAS
I A. Provide an emergency power off switch within 5 feet from the inside walls of the spa. Emergency
power off switch shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T push button station NEMA type 3R with hinged
I clear plastic cover. Provide a legend plate for each unit with designation: POWEWAC SHUTDOWI\.
I B. Provide controls, relays, contactors, conduit and wire to activate shunt trip breakers and contactors to
disconnect power spa motors and heater.
I
GENERALPROVISIONS NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
I
16010- 13
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILIT{S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
IC. Provide a 120-volt receptacle located a minimum of 10 feet from the inside wall of the spa and not
more than 20 feet. The receotacle shall not be located more than 78 inches above the level of the spa.
The receptacle branch circuit shall have GFCI protection.
D. Branch circuit conductors with GFCI protection shall be in dedicated raceway
conductors that do not have GFCI protection.
END OF SECTION
systems without I
I
I
I
t
l
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
GENERAI PROVISIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16010 - 14
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
I
Vail, Colorado
100Yo CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I SECTION 16060 - GROI]NDING AND BONDING
PART 1-GENERALI
I 1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
. 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.
I
1. Undergrounddistributiongrormding.Ir 1.3 STJBMITTALS
L
t A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
B. Field quality-control test reports.
T
PART 2 -PRODUCTSII2.I CONDUCTORS
I
I A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by
applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
I B. Bare Copper Conductors:I
L Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
fl 2. StrandedConductors: ASTM B 8.
t 3.
3;*i:X.a"ot":
28 kcmil, 14 strands of No.17AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in
f| 4. Bonding Conductor: No.4 AWG, stranded conductor.
t 5. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper femrles; 1-
5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
I C. Bare Grormding Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles:
r- L No. 4 AWG minimum, softdrawn copper.
| 2.
ff:::ffiiJ::.:::;."utt"o,-d
PVC or wood molding. If wood, use pressure-treated
,I
!
GROTJNDING AND BONDING NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16060 - r
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
A.
B.
2.2
2.3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 114 by 2 inches in cross section, unless
otherwise indicated: with insulators.
C.
CONNECTORS
Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and other items connected.
Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type,
with at least two bolts.
l Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for
materials being joined and installation conditions.
GROI]NDING ELECTRODES
Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel 3/4 inch byl0 feet (19 mm by 3 m) in diameter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
C.
APPLICATIONS
Conductors: Install solid conductor for No.8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for
No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.
Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum.
l. Bury at least24 inches (600 mm) below grade.
Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On
feeders with isolated ground, identiff grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection,
with altemating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two
bands of yellow.
Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
l. Install bus on insulated spacers I inch (25 mm), minimum, from wall 6 inches (150 mm)
above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top
of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to horizontal bus.
Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
3.1
B.
I
T
I
I
ID.
t
I
t
IGROT]NDING AND BONDING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6060 - 2
B.
D.
F.
G.
J.J
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
c.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise
indicated.
3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.
4. Connections to Stmctural Steel: Welded connectors.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.
Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-
mounted electrical devices operating at 120Y and more, including air cleaners, heaters,
dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each rmit and to
air duct and connected metallic piping.
Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Lrstall a separate insulated
equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-hacing cable. Bond
conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components'
Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor
connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from
panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the
applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit
or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway
fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a
separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and {iom
panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the
applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
Sigral and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other
communication equipment, provide No.4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in
raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring
closet, and cenhal equipment location.
l. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding
conductor on a 1 I 4 -by -2-by -l 2-inch (6-by-5 0-by-3 00-mm) grounding bus.
2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
Metal and Wood Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and
a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor
installed with branch-circuit conductors.
INSTAILATION
Grorurding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
GROTJNDING AND BONDING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16060 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and
UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system
ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical
service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode
conductor. and install in conduit.
C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade,
unless otherwise indicated.
l. Intercormect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as
otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if
any.
2. For grorurding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod langth
from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes,
and corrrect to the service gounding electrode conductor'
D. Bonding Shaps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance,
except where routed through short lengths ofconduit.
1. Bonding to Structr.re: Bond straps directly to basic struchre, taking care not to penetrate
any adjacent parts.
2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so
vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type
connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:
1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit,
from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service
entrances to building. Cormect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes,
using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a pipe flange, using
one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed,
connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor
conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.
2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water
meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector.
3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment
shutoff valve .
F. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure
ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter ofbuilding.
I . Install copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to
building steel.
2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches (600 mm) from building foundation.
G. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, using
a minimum of 20 feet (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No.4 AWG.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
IGROT]NDING AND BONDING NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16060 - 4
B.
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
l
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor
bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid
or to grounding electrode extemal to concrete.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
L After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Test completed gfounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance
level is specified, at service disconr:rect enclosure grounding terminal. Make tests at
ground rods before any conductors are connected.
a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of
precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than nahral
drainage or seepage and without chemical treahnent or other artificial means of
reducing nahral ground resistance.
b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.
Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:
I . Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s).
Excessive Ground Resistance: Ifresistance to ground exceeds specified values, notiS Engineer
promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
END OF SECTION 16060
GROL]NDING AND BONDING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16060 - 5
I
' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 16073 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
-.
l'
PART 1 - GENERALt
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
rI 1.2 ST]MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.
r 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases.
I B. Related Sections include the followins:
I
I I.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
f
B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
-
I C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit.
I 1.4 PERFoRMANCER'euTREMENTS!
I PART2-PRoDUCTsI
r 2.1 SUPPORT,ANCHORAGE,ANDATTACHMENTCOMPONENTS
I- A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA4, factory-fabricated components for freld
- assembly.
'l 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
I irT?i:*il::cts
that mav be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to,
I 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
I
following:
I a. AlliedTube & Conduit.
b. Cooper B-Line, [nc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
I c. GS Metals Corp.
I
HANGERSANDSUPPORTS NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16073-I
I FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
B.
C.
D.
d. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
e. Unistrut; Tyco Intemational, Ltd.
3. Metallic Coatings: Flot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to
MFMA4.
4. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standmd PVC, polprethane, or polyester coating
applied according to MFMA-4.
5. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-
A
6. Chunnel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.
Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.
Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated
frttings, desigred for types and sizes ofraceway or cable to be supported.
Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of
threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical ionductors or
cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces
as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or
their supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Hilti Inc.
2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
3) MKT Fastening, LLC.
4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co.., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.
2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: lnsert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate
for supported loads and building materials in which used.
a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufachrers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Cooper B-Line, lnc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16073 - 2
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.]]\4 S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
3.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
l
I
3) Hilti Inc.
4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
5) MKT Fastening, LLC.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS
Type l8; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for
attached skuctural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with
ASTM A 325.
6. Toggle Bolts; All-steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLTES
A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel
shapes and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
C.
APPLICATION
Comply with NECA I and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical
equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.
Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for
EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be l/4 inch (6 mm) in
diameter.
Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support
system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding
specified design load limits.
l. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps
SUPPORT INSTALLATION
Comply with NECA I and NECA 101 for installation requirements €xcept as specified in this
Article.
Raceway Support Methods: kr addition to methods described in NECA I, EMT, IMC' and
RMC may be supported by openings through skucture members, as permitted in NFPA 70.
HANGERS AND ST]PPORTS
FORELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
3.2
B.
I
t
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16073 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.
Minimum static design load used for strangth determination shall be weight of supported
components plus 200 lb (90 kg).
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
l. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2, To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. hrstead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm)
thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggegate concrete or for slabs
less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick,
6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying w'ith AWS D1.l/Dl.lM, with lock washers
and nuts.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. Items Mormted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.
E. Dnll holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing
bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site- I
fabricated metal supports. I
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
CONCRETE BASES
Consfuct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in
both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of l0 bolt diameters
from edge ofthe base.
Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa) 28-day compressive-shength concrete. Concrete materials,
reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Conctete. "
Anchor equipment to concrete base.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
B.
c.
B.
C.
3.4
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16073 - 4
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.5
1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting
drawings, templates, diagrams, inskuctions, and directions fumished with items to be
embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
3. lnstall anchor bolts accordins to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructrons.
PAINTING
Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA I requirements for touching up field-painted swfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry frlm thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05
mm).
Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup
painting of field we1ds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous
metal.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 16073
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A.
B,
NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16073 - 5
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
,- Vail, Coloraclo FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
I
PART 1-GENERAI
I
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCT.IMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplementary
- Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
III 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
T l. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.
fJ 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
I 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables.
I
B. Related Sections include the following:
! 1. Division 16 Section "Telecommunication Systems" for cabling used for voice and data
clrcults.
I
1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylenediene terpolymer rubber.
I B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
t
1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreach flpeofproductindicated.
I B. Field quality-conhol test reports.r
I
I.5 QUAIITY ASSURANCE
- A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
I Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
I intended use.
- B. Comply with NFPA 70.
I
II
I
CONDUCTORSANDCABLES NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16120 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.]I\4 S
Vail, Colorado
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls,
are constructed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
I2.1
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
and other structural components as they
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division.
2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company.
3. General Cable Corporation.
4. Senator Wire & Cable Company.
5. Southwire Company.
Aluminum and Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.
Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types TIIW THHN-THWN XHHW
and SO.
Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for [armored cable, Type AC] [metal-clad
cable, Type MC with ground wire.
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type,
and class for application and service indicated.
2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES
A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
B. Cast-kon Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch
thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.
D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
A.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
E,
2.2
CONDUCTORS ANDCABLES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16120 - 2
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINILMS 100%CD: September20O5
.r Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I PART3 -EXECUTION
! 3.1 CONDUCTORMATERIALAPPLICATIONS
I A. Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No. I AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders
I No. I AWG and larger. Solid for No. l0 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and
larser.
I B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. IOAWG and smaller; stranded for No.8 AWG and
lafqer.r
' 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METI{ODS
I A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, singie conductors in raceway.'
I B. Exposed Feeders: Tlpe THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
I C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN,
I single conductors in racewaY.
I-' D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-
I THWN, single conductors in raceway.
I E. Exposetl Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: 'Iype THHN-TI{W'N, single conductors in
raceway Metal-clad cable, Type MC.
I F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway Metal-clad cable, Type MC.
,l
I G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground:
Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
I H. Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: Type TIIHN-TIIWN, single conductors in raceway Metal+lad
' cable, Type MC.
I I. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless-
I steel, wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application.
I J. Class I Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, inraceway.
I K. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
'' 3.3 INSTALLATIoN oF coNDUcToRS AND CABLES
I A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless othenvise indicated.I
II
I CONDUCTORSANDCABLES NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16120-3r
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
C.
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surlaces ofexposed structural members, and
follow surface contours where possible.
Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Hanger and Supports for Electrical Systems".
CONNECTIONS
Tighten eleckical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer'3 torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors.
Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches ( 150 mm) of slack.
SLEEVE INSTAILATION FOR ELECTRICAI PENETRATIONS
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations rmless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
Use pipe sleeves unless penehation arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
1. For sleeve rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side greater than 16
inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm).
2. For sleeve rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or
more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0-138 inch
(3.5 mm).
Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inshes (50 mm) above finished floor level.
D.
E.
3.4
B.
3.5
B,
C.
D,
F.
G.
E.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16120 - 4
B.
3.6
3.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
H. Size pipe sleeves to provide l/4-inch (6.4-mm)
unless sleeve seal is to be installed.
100%CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
annular clear space between sleeve and cable
L Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penehations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for glpsum board assemblies.
J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to
Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems. "
L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penekation of individual cables with flexible boot-tlrye flashing
units applied in coordination with roofing work.
M. Aboveground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for l-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
N. Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size
sleeves to allow for l-inch annular clear space befween cable and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
Install to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations.
Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and
size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular
space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing
elements to expand and make watertight seal.
FIRESTOPPING
Apply fireitopping to electrical panetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration
Firestop Systems. "
END OF SECTION 16120
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16120 - 5
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 1 6130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES
r
PART I -GENERAL
I I.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
- Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 SI'MMARY
I A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
l B. Related Sections include the followinq:
! 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.!
B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubins.
I C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
I D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
I E. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
I F. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.r
I r.4 suBMrrrALS
I
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover
I enclosures, and cabinets.
!- B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections,
- details, and attachments to other work.
' 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets.
-, 2. For handholes and boxes for rmderground wiring, including the following:
I a. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
b. Frame and cover design.
c. Grormding details.
I
I
I
RACEWAYSANDBOXES NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16130 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITI]\4S
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
c.
D.
E.
F.
2.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
L.J
A.
1A
A.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
Rigid Steel conduit: ANSI c80.1.
PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
l. ComplywithNEMARN l.
2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch minimum.
EMT: ANSIC80.3.
FMC: Zinc-coated steel or aluminum.
LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and LiquidtighD, EMT, and Cable:
NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and
environment in which installed.
1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886.
2. Fittings for EMT: Set Screw or die-cast type.
3. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness, 0.040 inch, with
overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.
Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and
compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded mceway joints from corrosion and
enhance their conductivity.
NONMETAILIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
ENT: NEMATC 13.
RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated.
Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.
Fittings for LFNC: UL 5148.
OPTICAI FIBER/COMMTINICATIONS CABLE RACEWAY AND FITTINGS
Description: Comply with UL 2024; flexlble type, approved for plenum installation.
METALWIREWAYS
Available Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
A.
B.
G.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 -2
I *ESTHAVEN..ND.MTNTMS 100% CD: Seotember 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, tmless otherwise
indicated.
! C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-
down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
I complete system.
T D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type.
I E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
I 2.5 suRFACERACEwAYSI
II
I
I
I
A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Manufacfurer's standard
enamel finish in color selected by Architect.
l. Available Manufachrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacfurers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
b. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The).
c. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division.
I 2.6 BoxES, ENcLosuREs, AND cABINETSI
A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS l.
I B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMAFB l, ferrous alloy, TypeFD, with gasketed
cover,
I C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
I
D. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast or sheet metal. semi-adiustable, rectanzular.I
I E. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, rormd.
I F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
I G. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB l, cast aluminum with gasketed
- cover.
r H. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch,
rmless otherwise indi cated.rt 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
I L Cabinets:
I
I RACEWAYSANDBOXES NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16130 - 3r
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.MS
Vai1, Colorado
1.
2.
J-
4.
5.
of fiberglass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
A.
B,
B.
2.7
J.t
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
NEMA 250, Type l, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable
front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.
Key latch to match panelboards.
Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.
Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
I{ANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR TINDERGROLIND WIRING
Description: Complywith SCTE 77.
1. Color of Frame and Cover: Green.
2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have closed bottom, unless
othenvise indicated.
3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural
load rating consistent with enclosure.
4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, 'ELECTRIC."
Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, with covers
RACEWAYAPPLICATION
Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:
L Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit.
3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC40.
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
6. Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring:
a. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations,
Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Polymer
concrete. SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating.
b. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety
Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer-concrete units SCTE 77,
Tier 8 structural load rating.
c. Handholes and Pull Boxes Subject to Light-Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only:
Fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, struchrally tested according to SCTE 77
with 3000lbf vertical loading.
Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 4
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
J.L
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
l. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT.
3. Concealed in Ceilings and lnterior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
4. Cormection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations.
Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.
Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable in Spaces Used for Environmental
Air: Plenum-type, optical fiber/communications cable raceway.
Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers in Verlical Shafts: EMT..
Raceways for Concealed General Purpose Distribution of Optical Fiber or
Communic ations Cable: EMT.
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, nonmetallic in damp
or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.
D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
l. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. PVC Extemally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that
material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing
conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer.
E. Do not install aluminum conduits in contact with concrete.
INSTAILATION
Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2
except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.
Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
Complete raceway installation before startin g conductor installation.
Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic
Restraints. "
Arrange stub-ups so curved portions ofbends are not visible above the finished slab.
Install no more than the equivalent of three 90degree bends in any conduit run except for
communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.
Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise
indicated.
Raceways Embedded in Slabs:
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.J
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Run conduit larger than I -inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main
reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab
support.
2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion
fittings.
3. Change from ENT to RNC, Type EPC40-PVC, rigid steel conduit, or MC before rising
above the floor.
I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply
listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
J. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not
less than 200Jb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end ofpull wire.
K. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: lnstall raceways, metallic and
nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows:
I . 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet.
2. I -Inch Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet. Install
with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless
Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or
terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these
requirements.
L. Flexible Conduit Comrections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible con<luit for recessed and
semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or
movement; and for transformers and motors.
l. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
M. Recessed Boxes in Masomy Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block,
and install box flush with surface of wall.
N. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.
O. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface.
INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROLN{D CONDUIT
Direct-Buried Conduit:
l. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench
bottom as specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for pipe less than 6 inches in
nominal diameter.
2. Install backfrll as specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3. After installing conduit, backhll and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end
of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of mn free to move with expansion and contraction
as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 6
B.
D.
B.
L.
3.4
3.5
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vai1, Colorado
t,.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12
inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete
backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building
entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts
throughout the length of the elbow.
5. lnstall manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and
at building entrances through the floor.
a,. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this pulpose, and encase
coupling with 3 inches of concrete.
b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit
horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation.
Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment.
6. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct-buried
conduits, placing those 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and along the
centerline ofconduit.
INSTAILATION OF IJNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with
connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.
Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from
ll2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undishrbed earth.
Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with frnished grade. Set covers of
other enclosures I inch above finished sade.
Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators,
as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm
lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables, but short enough to preserve
adequate working clearances in the enclosure.
Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut
wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings
to be used, and seal around penetrations after fitrings are installed.
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations rmless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
RACEWAYS ANDBOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 7
WESTFIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vai1, Colorado
D. Rectaneular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than
16 inches thickness shall be 0.052 inch
2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and I or
more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches thickness shall be 0.138 inch
E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction offloor
or wall.
F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
G. Size pipe sleeves to provide | /4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless
sleeve seal is to be installed.
H. Seal space outside. of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for glpsum board assernblies.
I. krterior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to
Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials. Comply
with Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type
flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.
L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve
for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size I
sleeves to allow for l-inch annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing Imechanical sleeve seals.
SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
Install to seal underground, exterior wall panetrations.
Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material
and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in
annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause
sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
3.6
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 8
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
J-t
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.8
FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements
are specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
I . Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 16130
RACEWAYS AND BOXES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16130 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100%o CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
T
SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
I
PART I -GENERAL
I 1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conkact, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
t B. Specification Section 16010: Electrical General Provisions.I
I 1.2 SI]MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Single and duplex receptacles, grormd-fault circuit intemrpters, integral surge
I suppression units, and isolated-ground receptacles.
2. Single- and double-pole snap switches.
3. Wall box dimmers.
I 4. Device wall piares.
- 5. Pin and sleeve comectors and receptacles.
6. Floor service outlets.
I
I.3 DEFINITIONS
t A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
I B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
I C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
I D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.I
E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
I F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.
I 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I Drodgst |ata: For each type of product indicated.II B. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified for
residential unit devices.
I 1.5 QUALITYASSTIRANCE
I
I
WIRINGDEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16140 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each tlpe of wiring device thLrough one source from a single
manufacturer.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.6
1.7
2.1
B. ElectricalComponents,Devices,
Article 100, by a testing agency
intended use.
C. Comply withNFPA 70.
and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
COORDINATION
Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.
l. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
EXTRAMATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covenng for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
l. Floor Service Outlet Assemblies: One for every 10, but no fewer than five.
2. Poke-Through, Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: One for every five floor service outlets
installed, but no fewer than two.
3. Straight blade l5 amp receptacles. Provide 20 spaces upon completion ofproject.
4. Wall box dimmer switches. Provide l0 upon completion of project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Wiring Devices:
a. Bryant Electric, Inc.Alubbell Subsidiary.
b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c. Hubbelllncorporated;WiringDevice-Kellems.
d. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc.
e. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
f. LuhonCo.
2. MultioutletAssembltes:
a. Hubbelllncorporated;WiringDevice-Kellems.
b. Wiremold Company (The).
3. Poke-Through, Floor Service Outlets and Telephone/Power Poles:
WIRING DEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16140 -2
B.
C.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
a. Hubbelllncorporated;WiringDevice-Kellems.
b. Pass & Selrnour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
c. Square D/Groupe Schneider NA.
d. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
e. Wiremold Company (The).
RECEPTACLES
Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Decora Leviton specification grade in public areas
and residential grade in residential units.
GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed-through type, Heavy-Duty grade, with integral
NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943.
Industrial Healy-Duty Pin and Sleeve Devices: Comply with IEC 309-1.
PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES
Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector, NEMA WD 6,
Configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade.
L Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external
cable grip.
2. Extemal Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel
wire shand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for
corresponding connector.
CORD AND PLUG SETS
Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of
equipment being connected. Use only when cord not provided with equipment.
1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, shanded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with
green-insulated grounding conductor and equipmant-rating ampacity plus a minimum of
30 percent.
2. Plug: Nylon body and integrai cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for
connection.
SWITCHES
Single- and Double-Pole Switches: Decora Leviton specification grade in public areas and
residential grade in residential units.
Snap Switches: Healy Duty grade, quiet type.
Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state writs with integral, quiet on/off switches and
audible frequency and EMVRFI filters.
B.
C.
WIRINGDEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16140 -3
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.6
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
l.
2.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
Control: Rocker switch with adjustable slider with single-pole or three-way switching to
suit connections, similar to Lutron Diva.
Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: Modular, 120 V, 60 Hz with continuously adjustable
slider; single pole with soft tap or other quiet switch; EMVRFI filter to eliminate
interference.
Fluorescent Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim
potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of
consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of fulI brightness.
2.7
WALLPLATES
Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.
l. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic in residential units
0.035-inch-thick. satin-finished stainless steel in non-residential unit areas. Color as
specified by the architect.
3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.
4. Material for Wet Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and
labeled for use in "wet locations."
FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS
Type: Modular, flush-type, dual-service units suitable for wiring method used.
Compartments: Barrier separates power from voice and data communication cabling.
Service Plate: Round, solid brass with satin finish.
Power Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, gray finish, unless otherwise indicated.
Voice and Data Communication Outlet: Two modular, keyed, color-coded, RJ45 Category 5
iacks for UTP cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines.
Install wal1 dimmers to achieve indicated rating after derating for ganging according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to
manufacfurers' written instructions.
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
3.1
WIRINGDEVICES NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16140 - 4
I
-r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
Ir D. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
- vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under
I single, multigang *ull plut.r.I
E. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assernblies during painting.tI 3.2 IDENTIFICATION
t A. Comply with Division 16 Section "General Provisions".
rr 1 . Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use durable
I wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
I 33 coNNECTIoNS
A. Ground equipment according to Division l6 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
I B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
r C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
I tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 4864.
I
r 3.4 FIELD QUAIITY CONTROL
I A. Perform.the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
I l Atter installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
I proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements.
r 2'
H*"r:ffi:rltffi':,l,#*i""JL
local and remote rault simulations according to
I B. Remove malfiurctioning trnits, replace with new units, and retest as specilied above.
I'
t
I
I
t
I
I
END OF SECTION T6140
WIRINGDEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16140 - 5
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I.
I
SECTION 16145 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES-
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCTIIVIENTS
I
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
- t.z SUMMARY
t A. This Section includes the following lighting control devices:I
l. Time switches.
I 2. Outdoor photoelectric switches.
I 3. Indoor occupancy sensors.
4. Outdoor motion sensors.
I 5. Lighting contactors.
A 6. Emergency shunt relays.
r B. Related Sections include the following:
I t
3J#lTJ**"r1i;,;TrinsDevices"
for wall-box dimmers, wall-switch occupancy
r 13 DEFINITIONS
t A. LED: Light-emitting diode.
I B. PIR: Passive infrared.
l:r 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.r
,r B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light-level sensors.
I 1. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring.
I C. Field quality<ontrol test reports.
- D. Operation and Maintenan ce Data: For each[pe of product to include in emergency, operation,
-i and maintenance manuals.
1.5 COORDINATIONI
t A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that
penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke
I detectors, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.r
I LIGHTTNGCONTROLDEVICES NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
I
16145 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
B.
D.
B.
2.1
2.2
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES
Available Manufachrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Douglas Conhols
or a comparable product by one of the following:
l. Area Lighting Research, Inc.; Tyco Electronics.
2. Intermatic, Inc.
3. Lithonia Lighting; Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.
4. Square D; Schneider Electric.
5. Watt Stopper (The).
Description: Solid state, with SPST dry contacts rated for 1800-VA tungsten to operate
clighting control panel relays.
1. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to l0 fc (16.14 to 108 1x), with an adjustment for
turn-ofl and turn-off levels within that range.
2. Time Delay: l5-second minimum, to prevent false operation.
3. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide varistor, complying with IEEE C62.41.1,IE.F.EC62.41.2,
and IEEE 62.45 for Category A1 locations.
4. Mounting: Twist lock complying with IEEE C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or
stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky
exposure.
Description: Solid state, with SPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA to operate connected load,
relay, or contactor coils; complying wirhUL773.
l Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc (16.14 to 108 lx), with an adjustment for
tum-on and turn-off levels within that range.
2. Time Delay: 30-second minimum, to prevent false operation.
3. Lightning Arester: Air-gap type.
4. Mounting: Twist lock complying with IEEE C136.10, with base.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12
AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not
smaller than No. l8 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Conductors and
Cables."
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6145 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
C. Class I Control Cable; Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than
No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division l6 Section "Conductors and Cables."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas
indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 WIRINGINSTALLATION
A. Wiring Method: Comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." Minimum
conduit size shall be l/2 inch (13 mm).
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower-
limited conductors accordinq to conductor manufactur€r's written instructions.
C. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions, unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in
junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
3.3 FTELDQUALTTYCONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
I . After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been
energized, adjust and test for compliance with requirements.
2. Operational Test: Verif, operation of each lighting control device, and adjust time
delays.
B. Lighting control devices that fail tests and inspections are defective work.
END OF SECTION 16145
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16145 - 3
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONr,
I
SECTION 16231 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
-
t
PART I -GENERAL
T
- 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
t A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryI Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
,t
I r.2 sUMMARY
1| A. This Section includes packaged engine-generator sets for emergency and standby power supply
I with the following features:
I 1. Diesel en_eine.
ll 2. Unit-mounted cooling system.
- 3. Unit-mounted control and monitoring.
4. Performance requirements for sensitive loads.
t 5. Load banks.t 6. Outdoor enclosure.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I 1 Division 16 Section "Transfer Switches" for hansfer switches including sensors and
relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine-generator sets.
I
I J DEFINITIONSr
I A. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter
over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the
l, parameter.I
- B. LP: Liquidpetroleum.
I 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type ofpackaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities,r operating characteristics, and fumished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the
- following:
II l. Thermal damage curve for generator.
2. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.I
t B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
I connection.
-
I PACKAGEDENGINEGENERATOR NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
I
t623r - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other
components specified.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Qualification Data: For installer manufacturer.
D. Source quality-control test reports.
1. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of
compliance with specified requirements.
2. Report of sound generation.
3. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations.
E. Field quality-control test reports.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division I Section
"Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
l. List oftools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access.
Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply.
G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved
for installation of units required for this Project.
l. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than four hours'normal travel time from Installer's
place ofbusiness to Project site.
2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for vibration isolators and seismic
restraints of engine skid mounts, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and
engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those
indicated for this Project.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of Project
site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one
source from a single manufacturer.
D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
E. Comply with ASME Bl5.l.
F. Comply with NFPA 37.
G. ComolvwithNFPA 70.
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
t
!
I
l
I
I
T
tPACKAGEDENGINEGENERATOR NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 16231-2
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.6
H. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 emergency power supply system.
I. Comply withUL 2200.
J. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local govemment requirements.
K. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local govemment requirements for
maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator set
including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other
components of installation.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damase or desadation of
performance capability:
l. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 to plus 40 deg C.
2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
3. Altitude: Sea level to 8200 feet above sea level.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generators. Cast anchor-bolt
inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in
Division 3.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacfurer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that
fail in materials or workrnanship within specified warranty period,
l. Wananty Period: 5 yeats from date of Substantial Completion.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
lnitial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full
maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's desigrated service organization. Include
quarterly exercising to check for proper starting, load hansfer, and running under load. Include
routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufachrer and adjusting as required for
proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and
installation of original equipment.
1.7
1.8
1.9
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6231-3
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
c.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Onan/Cummins
Power Generator or a comparable product by one of the following:
Caterpillar; Engine Div.
Kohler Co.; Generator Division.
Soectrum Detroit Diesel.
ENGINE-GENERATOR SET
Factory-assembled and -tested, engine-generator set.
Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete
foundation; and have lifting attachments.
Capacities and Characteristics:
L Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated at project altitude.2. Output Connections: Three-phase, four wire.
3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and
address. and model and serial number of comoonent.
Generator-Set Performance:
l.Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no
load to full load.
Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step-
load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state
operating band within three seconds.
Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no
load to full load.
Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within
the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state
operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.
Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load
increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state
operating band within five seconds.
Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neuhal
shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence
factor, determined according to NEMA MG l, shall not exceed 50 percent.
A.
B.
l.
2.
2.2
B.
C.
D.
2.
J.
+.
5.
6.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FORCONSTRUCTION 1623r - 4
A.
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
H.
2.3
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output
terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not
less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator
system components.
8. Start Time: Comply with NFPA I10, Type 10, system requirements.
ENGINE
Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2.
Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm.
Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm.
Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:
l. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller
while passing full-flow.
2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil
temperature. Unit shall be capable of fulI flow and is desigred to be fail-safe.3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity draina ge to an easily removable
container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or
appliances.
Engine Fuel System:
1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under
starting and load conditions.
2. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess
fuel to source.
Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system.
Comply with NFPA I l0 requirements for Level I equipment for heater capacity.
Govemor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing.
Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine-
generator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.
L Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water,
with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.
Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant tom cold start
to I l0 percent load condition.
Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow
automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by
engine manufacturer.
Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer
covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric.
2.
3.
4.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1623t - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
a. Rating: 50-psig (345-kPa) maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F
(82 deg C), and noncollapsible under vacuum.b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and
equipment connections.
I. Muffler/Silencer: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufactwer and selected
with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacfurer's engine backpressure
requirements.
1. Minimum sound attenuation of 25 dB at 500 Hz.2. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet (3 m) from exhaust discharge after
installation is complete shall be 85 dBA or less.
J. Air-Intake Filter: Standard-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element
and "blocked filter" indicator.
K. Stafting System: 24-Y electic, with negative ground.
l. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged dwing a full engine-cranking cycle with
ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part I "Project Conditions" Article.2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine
flywheel without binding.
3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA I l0 for system level specified.4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in Part I "Project
Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging.5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated.
Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.6. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal
insulation. Thermostatically conholled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above
10 deg C regardless of extemal ambient temperature within range specified in Part I
"Project Conditions" Article. lnclude accessories required to support and fasten batteries
in place.
7 . Battery-Charging Altemator: Factory mounted on engine w.ith solid-state voltage
regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating.8. Battery Charger: Cunent-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type. Unit
shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features:
&. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of l0 A shall be initiated automatically after
battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery
terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging
mode and shall continue to operate in that mode mtil battery is discharged again.b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for
variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent
overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant ouQut voltage regardless of
input voltage variations up to plus or minus l0 percent.
d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging
rates.
e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts
providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense
high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output ofbattery charger. Either
100('/o CD:September 2005 t
FORCONSTRUCTION I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:I
I
T
t
t
t
l
I
IPACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16231 - 6
A,
B,
B.
D.
2.4
2.5
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
l
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIT]MS
Vail, Colorado
c.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication
at system control and monitoring panel.
f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type l, wall-mounted cabinet.
FUEL OIL STORAGE
Comply with NFPA 30.
Base-Mounted Fuel Oil Tank Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil
tank. Features include the followine:
l. Tank level indicator.
2. Capacity: Fuel for eight hours' continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output.3. Vandal-resistant frll cap.
4. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
CONTROL AND MONITORING
Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on ttre control
and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-conhol contacts in one or more
separate automatic hansfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode-
selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same
switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or
equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms.
Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
Configwation: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system conhols, and
engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the
generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration.
Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA ll0 for Level [1] [2]
system, and the following:
l. AC voltmeter.
2. AC ammeter.
3. AC frequency meter.
4. DC voltrneter(alternatorbatterycharging).
5. Engine-coolanttemperaturegage.
6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.
7. Running-time meter.
8. Ammeter-volhneter,phase-selectorswitch(es).
9. Generator-voltageadjustingrheostat.
10. Fuel tank derurgement alarm.
I l. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm.
12. Generatoroverload.
Supporting ltems: lnclude sensors, hansducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include
wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine
or generator, unless otherwise indicated.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENEMTOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16231 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
B.
A.
B.
2.7
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. Connection to Data Link A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for
each alarm and status indication is reserved for connections for data-link kansmission of
indications to remote data terminals.
F. Remote Alarm Annunciator: An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each
alarm event and a conrmon audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. Silencing
switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that
after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing
switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush-mounting type to suit mounting
conditions indicated.
G. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled.
Push button shall be Drotected from accidental ooeration.
2.6 GENERATOR OVERCT]RRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION
Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, electronic-trip type; 100 perceni rated; complying
with uL 489.
1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous.2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve.3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other
protective devices.
4. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel.
Generator Protector: Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in
each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when
thermal damage of altemator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or ot}er
generator-set protective devices, a shunt-trip device in tle generator disconnect switch shall
open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector shall perform the
following functions:
L lnitiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload
equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is
integrated with other generator-set malfunction alarms.
2. Under single or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated
fullload current for up to l0 seconds.
3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of
the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect
device, and shuts down the generator set.4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated
voltage to avoid overshoot.
GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
ComplywithNEMAMG l.
Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated
integrally with generator rotor.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16231 - I
B.
2.8
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vai1, Colorado
C. Electrical lnsulation: Class H or Class F.
D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit
voltages if required.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
future recormection for other
E. Constuction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration,
overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at ll0 percent of rated
capacity.
F. Enclosure: Dripproof.
G. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.
H. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.
1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or rninus 5 percent
adjustrnent of output-voltage operating band.
OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE
Description: Prefabricated enclosure with the following features:
l. Construction: Galvanized-steel, metal-clad, integral structural-steel-framed building
erected on concrete foundation.2. Structural Design and Anchorage: Comply with ASCE 7 for wind loads.
3. Space Heater: Thermostatically contolled and sized to prevent condensation.4. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation when
engine is not running while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents.
5. HingedDoors: Withpadlockingprovisions.
6. Thermal Insulation: Manufacturer's standard materials and thickness selected in
coordination with space heater to maintain winter interior temperature within operating
limits required by engine-generator-set components.
7. Muffler Location: Within enclosure.
Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components
within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient
temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions.
L Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and drainable
louvers prevent enby ofrain and snow.
2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed
to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating.
VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES
Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in
single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattem and galvanized-steel baseplates of
sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match
requirements of supported equipment.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16231-9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
t
l
t
I
l.
2,
J.
4.
5.
B.
B.
C.
B.
C.
3.1
t.L
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.10
A.
l. Material: Natural rubber.
Restrained Spring Isolators: Froestanding, steel, open-spdng isolators with seismic restraint.
Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind
loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to l/4-inch- (6-run-)
thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment
mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of the spring at
rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
FINISHES
lndoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over
corrosion-resistant pretreahnent and compatible primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine-generator
performance.
Examine roughing-in of piping systems and electrical cornections. Verify actual locations of
connections before packaged engine-generator installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected
INSTALLATION
Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment
instructions and with NFPA 110.
lnstall packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or
accessories, for periodic maintenance.
lnstall packaged engine generator with reshained spring isolators having a minimum deflection
of I inch high concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Concrete
base construction is specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic
Restraints."
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1623r - r0
B.
J.+
3.5
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
IDENTIFICATION
Identify system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" and
Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
L Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
l. Perform tests recommended by manufacfurer and each electrical test and visual and
mechanical inspection for "AC Generators and for Emergency Systems" specified in
NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Cenify compliance with test parameters.
2. NFPA I l0 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to
those specified here including, but not limited to, single-step full-load pickup test.3. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufachrer's written
instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for
full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check elecholyte level and specific
gravity under botl conditions.
b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a
capacity load test for the battery.
c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element ofthe battery after discharge.
d. Verifi that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.
4. Battery-Charger Tests: Verifr specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float-
charging conditions.
5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically veriff proper installation, connection, and integrity
of each element of engine-generator system before and during system operation. Check
for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
6. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure
voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load increases and
decreases, and verifr that performance is as specified.
7. Noise Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from generator-set
installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four
locations on the property line, and compare measured levels with required values.
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1623t - rl
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.JMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
C. Coordinate tests with tests for fransfer switches and run them concurrently.
D. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for lealc. Repair leaks and retest until no
leaks exist.
E. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper
motor rotation and unit operation.
F. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
G. Remove and replace malfimctioning units and retest as specified above.
H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified
requirements are met.
I. Report results oftests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured
insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to
each tested component indicating satisfactory completion oftests.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators. Refer to Division I Section
" Demonstration and Trainins."
ENDOFSECTION 1623I
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6231 - t2
Ir WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITTMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONII
SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
a
PART I.GENERAL
I
' l.l RELATEDDocUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryr Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
l.
I A. This Section includes the following individually mounted, enclosed switches and circuit
I breakers:
I l. Fusible switches.
f] 2. Nonfusible switches.
3. Bolted-pressurecontactswitches.
4. High-pressure,butt-typecontactswitches.
I 5. Molded*u." circuit breakers.r 6. Molded-case switches.
7. Enclosures.I,
I 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I
Il A. GD: General dutY.
r B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
t C. HD: Heavy duty.
I D. RMS: Root mean square.I
E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
I 7.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component
- indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data
on features, performance, elechical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.I
I l. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1 .
2. Current and voltage ratings.
f| 3. Short-circuit current rating.
I 4. UL listing for series rating ofinstalled devices.
5. Featues, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual ov€rcuffent protective
devices and auxiliary comPonents.
f
ENCLOSED SWITCHES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16410 - I
I. ANDCIRCUITBREAKERS
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
D. Field quality-control test reports including the following:
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
A.
B.
1.5
1.6
1.7
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
l. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with
requrrements.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division I
Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1 . Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit
breakers.
2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each tlpe ofcircuit breaker.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other
construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adj acent surfaces. Maintain required
workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTTIRERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below inkoduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but me not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specifi ed.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
AND CIRCUITBREAIGRS
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16410 - 2
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI
I 2.2 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
I A. Manufacturers:
-l. EatonCorporation;Cutler-HammerProducts.
I 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
I 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.- 4. Square D/Group Schneider.
I B. Fusible Switch,6004, and Smaller: NEMAKSI, TypeGD, with clips or bolt pads to
I accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and
r interlocked with cover in closed position.
I C. Nonfusible Switch,600 A and Smaller: NEMAKSI, TypeGD, lockable handle with
capability to accept two padlocls, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
! D. Accessories:
I l. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
a conductors.
2. Neutral Kifi tnternally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and
labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
I 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch bladesr oD€n'
I,
I 2.3 FUSEDPOWERCIRCUITDEVICES
I A. Bolted-Pressure Contact Switch: IJL 977; operating mechanism shall use a rotary-mechanical-
I bolting action to produce and maintain high-clamping pressure on the switch blade after it
engages the stationary contacts.
,l,
2.4 MOLDED-CASECIRCUITBREAKERSANDSWITCHES
I A. Manufacturers:I
l. EatonCorporation;Cutler-HammerProducts.
I 2. General Eiectric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
I 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. Square D/Group Schneider.
I B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB l, with intemrpting capacity to meet available fault
currents.
I l. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for lowlevel
overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
I 2 ffiEi**l;"Jgl?,Tl l'ffI:'ff:i$-Tfr:;1ffifi:A
and rarger
I
C. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories:
I
ENCLOSED SWITCHES NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16410 - 3
I AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
I
WES'I'HAVEN CONDOMINII'M S
Vai1, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
t,
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
].
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
B.
B.
2.5
3.1
J-Z
3.3
Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number ofpoles.
Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.
Application Listing: Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR
for heating, air-conditioning, and refi:igerating equipment.
Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup
and timedelay settings, push{o-test feature, and ground-fault indicator.
Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at [55] [75] percent
of rated voltage.
Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage [without
intentionall [with field-adjustable 0.1- to 0.6-second] time delay.
ENCLOSURES
NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS I to meet environmental conditions of installed location.
l. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250,Type 4.
PART 3.EXECUTION
C.
EXAMINATION
Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance
with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected,
INSTALLATION
Comply with applicable portions of NECA l, NEMA PB 1.1, and NEMA PB 2.1 for installation
of enclosed switches and circuit breakers.
Mount individual walLmounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height,
unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting switches to concrete base-
Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary li{ling eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components.
IDENTIFICATION
Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide waming
signs as specified in Division 16 Section "General Provisions."
Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic
nameplate as specified in Division 16 Section "General Provisions."
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16410 - 4
IT WESTHAVEN CONDOMINiLMS 100% cD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRIICTION
I 3.4 FIELD euArITY coNTRoL
I A. hepare for acceptance testing as follows:
I l lnspect mechanical and electrical connections.
11 2. Verifi switch and relay fype and labeling verification.
I 3. Verifyrating ofinstalled fuses.
I B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:I
l. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS,
I 3ifii,lL];1,ft',x..iH#1,:ectionT'6
ror molded-case circuit breakers' certirv
- 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
I
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
-3.5 ADruSTING
I A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.
I 3.6 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, vacuum dirt and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air
I to assist in cleaning.I
B. Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes.
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
ENCLOSED SWITCHES NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
I AND CIRCUITBREAKERS
I
END OF SECTION 16410
16410 - 5
II' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
II
SECTION 1644I . SWITCHBOARDSI
I
PART I -GENERAL
I
I.1 RELATED DOCI]MENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryr Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes seryice and distribution switchboards rated 600 V and less.
a
I 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
I B. GFCI: Grotmd-fault circuit interrupter.I
C. RFI: Radio-frequencyinterference.
f D. RMS: Root mean square.
I E. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
I
I 1.4 STJBMTTTALS
t A. Product Data: For each type of switchboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage
suppression device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component indicated. Include
I dimensions and manufacfurers' technical data on features, performance, electrical
t characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
I B. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard and related equipment.
t l. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and
I service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment
I features, and ratings. Include the following:
t I 3ilHs:,ffi"Ti*gl:"*ffi*:'Tl,ffi""MA2s0'rvpe
I
I c. Short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices.
d. Utility company's metering provisions with indication of approval by utility
I e. ilffi:K'diagram.
f. UL listing for series rating of installed devices.
I
I
SWITCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16441 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIIA4S
Vail, Colorado
g. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory
. protective devices and auxiliary components.
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
settinss of individual overcurrent
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identiff center of gravity and locate .
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
C. Field quality-control test reports including the followrng:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with
requirements.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For switchboards and components to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section
"Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components.
2. Manufactwer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective
devices.
3. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective
device.
QUAIITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain switchboards through one source from a single manufacturer.
Product Selection for Reshicted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
switchboards including clearances between switchboards and adjacent surfaces and other items.
Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with NEMA PB 2, "Deadfront Distribution Switchboards."
Comply with NFPA 70.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path.
Store indoors in clean dry space with uniform temperafure to prevent condensation. Protect
from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
2.
3.
A
t
I
t
!
t
I
I
I
A.
B.
I
I1.5
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.6
SWITCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16441-2
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September 2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I C. Handle switchboards accordins to NEMA PB 2.1 and NECA 400.
I
I 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Installation Pathway: Remove and replace access fencing, doors, lift-out panels, and sfuctures
I to provide pathway for moving switchboards into place.
- B. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following
I conditions, unless otherwise indicated:
l. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 104 deg F.
I 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 8500t (2000 m).I
I I.8 COORDINATION
-A. Coordinate layout and installation of switchboards and components with other construction
I rncluding conduit, piping, eqiiipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace
I clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
- B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
I reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
I r.e EXTRAMATERIALS
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I
I 2.t MANUFACTURERS
t A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
l' 1 . Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
r manufacturers specified.
t 2,2 MANUFACTUREDT]NITS
I A. Manufacturers:
l. Siemens Energy & Automation, lnc.
- 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Diskibution & Protection Div.
I t:
il::liff-"ion;
cutler-HammerProducts'
I B. Front-Coru:ected, Front-Acce ssible Switchboard: Fixed, individually mounted main device,
I panel-mounted branches, and sections rear aligned.
I C. Enclosure: Steel, NEMA 250, Type l.r
r SWITCHBOARDS NOTFORCONSTRUCTION 164/.l -3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
B.
C.
2.3
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's standard gray finish
over a rust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface.
E. Utilify Metering Compartment: Fabricated compartment and section complyng with utility
company's requirements. If separate vertical section is required for utility metering, match and
align with basic switchboard.
F. Bus Transition and Incoming Pull Sections: Matched and aligned with basic switchboard.
G. Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to circuit breaker, metering, accessory, and blank
compartments.
H. Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Tin-plated, high-shength, electrical-grade aluminum
alloy with copper- or fin-plated, aluminum circuit-breaker line connections.
2. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity or tin-
plated, high-strength, electrical-grade aluminum alloy.
a. If bus is aluminum, use copper- or tin-plated aluminum for circuit-breaker line
connections.
b. Ifbus is copper, use copper for feeder circuit-breaker line connections.
3. Ground Bus: 33% of phase average rating, minimum-size, hard-drawn copper of 98
percent conductivity, equipped with pressure connectors for feeder and branch-circuit
ground conductors. For busway feeders, extend insulated equipment grounding cable to
busway ground connection and support cable at intervals in vertical run.
4. Contact Srnfaces ofBuses: Silver plated.
5. Main Phase Buses, Neutral Buses, and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for
entire length of switchboard's main and distribution sections. 'Provide for future
extensions from both ends.
6. Isolation Bmrier Access Provisions: Permit checking of bus-bolt tighhress.
7. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampaciff of phase buses, unless otherwise indicated,
equipped with pressure connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables. Bus extensions for
busway feeder neutral bus are braced.
Fufure Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and
appurtenances at full rating of circuit-breaker compartment.
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION DEVICES
IEEF. C62.41, integrally mounted, plug-in-style, solid-state, parallel-connected, sine-wave
tracking suppression and filtering modules.
Minimum single-impulse current rating shall be as follows:
1. Line to Neutral: 100,000 A.
2. Line to Ground: 100,000 A.
3. Neutral to Ground: 50.000 A.
Protection modes shall be as follows:
SWITCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16441 - 4
B.
2.4
2.5
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1 . Line to neutral.
2. Line to ground.
3. Neutral to ground.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. EMVRFI Noise Attenuation Usine 50-ohm Insertion Loss Test: 55 dB at 100 kIIz.
E. Maximum llL 1449 clamping levels shall not exceed 400 V, line to neutral and line to ground
on 120/208 V systems.
F. Accessories:
1. Audible alarm activated on failure of anv surqe diversion module.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault
currents.
l. Thermal-Magrretic Circuit Breakers (800 amperes or less): Inverse time-current element
for lowlevel overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits.
Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
2. Electronic trip-unit circuit breakers (801 amperes and higher) shall have RMS sensing,
field-replaceable rating plug, and the following freld-adjustable settings:
a. Instantaneous trip.
b. Long- and short{ime pickup levels.
c. Long- and short-time time adjustments.
d. Grormd-fault pickup level, time delay, and I't response.
3. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with.
Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and
number ofpoles.
1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type HACR for heating, air-
conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.
3. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to hip at 75 percent of
rated voltaee.
ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES
Furnish portable test set to test functions of solid-state trip derices without removal from
switchboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing switchbomd meters and
switchboard class relays.
SW]TCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16441 - 5
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIIIN,{S
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.I PROTECTION
A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboards for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install switchboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 2.1 and NECA 40.
B. Install and anchor switchboards level on concrete bases, 4-inch nominal thickness. Concrete
base is specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints," and
concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3.
l. hrstall anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to switchboards.
C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, charmels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components.
D. Install overcurrent protective devices, transient voltage suppression devices, and
instrumentation.
l. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.
IDENTIFICATION
Identify field-installed conductors,, intercormecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division 16 Section "General Provisions."
3.s FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
l. Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting supply,
feeder, and control circuit.
2. Test continuity of each circuit.
B. Perform the following field tests and inspcctions and prepare test reports:
I
I
t
I
I
3.4
SWITCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUC'TION 16441 - 6
A.
3.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII'MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS,
Sections 7.1,7.5,7.6,7.9,7.10,7.11, and 7.14 as appropriate. Certify compliance with
test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports:
a. hitial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days
after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switchboard. Remove
front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scann€r.
b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of
each switchboard I I months after date of Substantial Completion.
c. Instruments, Equipment, and Reports:
l) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record
for device.
2) Prepare a certified report that identifies switchbomds included and that
describes scanning results. lnclude notation of deficiencies detected,
remedial action taken. and observations after remedial action.
CLEANING
On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original frnish.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, inskumentation, and
accessories. Refer to Division I Section "Demonstration and Training."
ENDOFSECTION 1644I
SWITCHBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1644t - 7
- WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% cD: September20o5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDSII
PART 1 - GENERAL
I.1 RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
- Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
T 7.2 SIIMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
a 1. Distributionpanelboards.
f 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
t 3. Load centers.
4. Transientvoltagesuppressionpanelboards.
r I.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EMI: Elechomagnetic interference.
I
B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit intemrpter.
I C. RFI: Radio-frequencyinterference.
I
D. RMS: Root mean square.
! E. SPDT: Single pole, double tlrow.
I 1.4 SI]BMITTALS
t A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, transient voltage
I suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and
manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and
I finishes.
! B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
I l. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installedf devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
I a. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type L
I b. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
c. Short-circuit current rating ofpanelboards and overcurrent protective devices.
d. UL listing for series rating of installed devices.r
I
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
e. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices and auxiliary components.
C. Field quality-conkol test reports including the lbllowing:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with
requirements.
D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. kr addition to items specified in Division I Section "
Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
l. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protectrve
devices.
2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each fype of overcurrent protective
device.
C.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and
accessories through one source from a single manufacfurer.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
panelboards and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division I Section
"Product Requirements."
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with NEMA PB L
Comply withNFPA 70.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that
penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment,
raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I1.5
I
IB.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
D.
E.
1.6
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 - 2
Irr WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100',h CD: September 2005
I Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I PART2-PR'DUCTS
I
I 2.1 MANI'FACTURERS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
I following:
I 1. Panelboards, Overcurrant Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories:
I a. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
b. EatonCorporation;Cutler-HammerProducts.
r c. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Protection Div.
I d. Square D.
I 2.2 MANUFACTIJRED UMTS
f
A. Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB I, Type 1.
I 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location.
I i Sllfii.1x1$lli;##;'.H#iffi,o,,,rype3Rr 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within
I 3. lili:f tffiffi:turer's
standard enamet tinish over corrosion-resistant trearmenr ort primer coar.
4. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted in metal frame typed
sryitten, inside panelboard door.
I
B. Phase and Ground Buses:
t l. Material: Tin-plated aluminum.- 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors; bonded to box.
r C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material.
I 1. MainandNeutrallugs: Mechanicaltype.
l| 2. Ground Lugs and Bus Configr..red Terminators: Compression type.
3. Feed-Tluough Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at
opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main de vice.
-D. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for
r future installation of devices.r
I
I
I
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
L --t
A.
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
UL label indicating series-connected rating with integral or remote upstream overcurrent
protective devices. Include size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices
allowable, and UL series-connected short-circuit rating.
Fully rated to intemrpt symmetrical shorfcircuit current available at terminals.
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with hrmbler lock; keyed alike. Omit for fused-switch
panelboards.
Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Circuit breaker.
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices:
l. For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Plug-in circuit breakers.
2. For Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in
circuit breakers where individual positivelocking device requires mechanical release for
removal.
3. Fused switches.
LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing
adjacent units.
Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
LOAD CENTERS
Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in, full-module circuit breaker.
Conductor Connectors: Mechanical type for main, neutral, and grormd lugs and buses.
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION PANELBOARDS
Doors: Secwed with vault-t1pe latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
Main Overcurrent Devices: Thermal-masnetic circuit breaker.
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers.
Bus: Copper phase and neutral buses; 200 percent capacity neutral bus and lugs.
Transient Voltage Suppression Device: IEEE C62.41, integrally mounted, plug-in-style, solid-
state, parallel-connected, sine-wave tracking suppression and filtering modules.
2.4
B.
c.
2.5
2.6
2.7
A.
B.
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 - 4
3.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
A,
B.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
1. Minimum Single-Impulse Current Ratings:
a. Line to Neutral: 100.000 A.
b. Line to Grormd: 100,000 A.
c. Neuhal to Ground: 50,000 A.
Protection modes shall be as follows:
a. Line to neuhal.
b. Line to ground.
c. Neutral to ground.
Maximum UL lM9 Clamping Levels: 400 V,
1201208 V systems.
line to neuhal and line to sround on
OVERCURRENT PROTECTTVE DEVICES
Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: UL 489, with series-connected rating to meet available fault
currents.
l. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inversb time-current element for lowlevel
overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
magrretic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
2. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and fwo-pole configruations.
Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and
number ofpoles.
l. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent
lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment.
3. Grormd-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup
and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and gtound-fault indicator.
4. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 75 percent of
rated voltage.
5. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory-assembled to operate as a single
unit.
Fused Switch: NEMA KS I, Type HD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle.
Fuses are specified in Dvision 16 Section "Fuses."
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.
Mount top of trtm 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 1007o CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts
uniformlv flush with wall finish.
C.
Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers.
Install filler plates in unused spaces.
Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing
load balancing.
IDENTIFICATION
Identiff field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide waming
signs as specified in Division 16 Section "General Provisions."
CONNECTIONS
Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
l. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder,
and control circuit.
2. Test continuity ofeach circuit.
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
l. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS,
Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certiff
compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes.
I . Measure as directed during period of normal system loading.
2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of
the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax
machines and online data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment.
3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings
before and after changes and submit test records.
4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is
not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requiremant.
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
J.J
3.4
A.
B.
A.
B.
I
IPANELBOARDSNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6442 - 6
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINI{.IMS
Vail, Colorado
3.5 CLEANING
fiA% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16442
PANELBOARDS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16442 -7
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 16511 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
I
PART I - GENERAL
I
r 1.1 RELATED DoCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryI Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
t 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I 1. Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts.
r 2. EmergencY lighting units.
I t^
iiln'#;"*"supports.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I
1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for incandescent
lamps.
I 2. Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting,
including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting
relays and contactors.
I
1.3 DEFINITIONS
! A. BF: Ballast factor.
I B. CRI: Color-rendering index.r
C. CU: Coefficient of utilization.I
I D. HID: High-intensity discharge.
I E. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating.
Ir F. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided.
I G. RCR: Room cavityratio.I
I 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation.
I Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
I
I
INTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 165ll - 1
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
aL-
B.
1.5
1.6
1.7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
VaiI, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. Physical description oflighting fixture including dimensions.
2. Emergency lighting units including battery and charger.
3. Ballast.
4. Energy-efficiencydata.
B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions,
weights, methods of held assembly, components, features, and accessories.
l. Wiring Diagrams: Power wiring.
C. Samples for Verification: Interior lighting fixtures designated for sample submission in Interior
Lighting Fixture Schedule. Each sample shall include the following:
1. Lamps: Specified units installed.
2. Accessories: Cords and plugs.
D. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer-controlled fixtures,
sigrred by product manufacturer.
E. Field quality-control test reports.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
G. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUAIITY ASSURANCE
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with NFPA 70.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of Iighting fixtures and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire-
suppression system, and partition assemblies.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Batteries: Manufacturer's standard form in which
manufacturer of battery-powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace
components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or worknanship within specified
warrantv neriod.
INTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.IMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.1
2.2
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
1. Wananty Period for Emergency Lighting Unit Batteries: Five (5) years from date of
Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty
for the remaining nine years.
2. Warranty Period for Emergency Fluorescent Ballast and Self-Powered Exit Sign
Batteries: Five (5) years liorn date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply
for first year, and prorated warranty for the remaining six years.
B. Special Warranty for Ballasts: Manufacturer's standard form in which ballast manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
l. Wananty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
MANUFACTT]RERS
In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that
introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Basis-of-Design Product: The desigr for each lighting fixture is based on the product
named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one ofthe other manufacturers specified.
LIGHTING FD(TURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures.
Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMA LE 5A.
Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable.
HID Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specifred, test according to
NEMALE 58.
Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
INTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position.
H. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1 . White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 oercent.
I. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes:
1 Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to
yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and IJV radiation.
a. Lens Thiclmess: At least [0.125 inch (3.175 mm)] <Insert thickness) minimum
unless different thickness is indicated.
b. tIV stabilized.
2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass,, unless othenvise indicated.
BALLASTS FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS
Electronic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.11; instant -start rype, unless otherwise indicated,
and designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Ballasts shall be designed for full light
output unless dimmer or bilevel control is indicated.
1. Sound Rating: A.
2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent.
3 . Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better.
4. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.
5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7orless.
I
t
I
I
I
2.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
6. BF: 0.85 orhigher:
7. Power Factor: 0.95 or higher.
Electromagnetic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1; energy
Class P, and having automatic-reset thermal protection.
1. Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label.
saving, high-power factor,
Single Ballasts for Multiple Lighting Fixtures: Factory-wired with ballast arrangements and
bundled extension wiring to suit final installation conditions without modification or rewiring in
the field.
Ballasts for Low-Temperature Environments:
l. Temperatures 0 Deg F (Minus 17 Deg C) and Higher: Electronic type rated for 0 deg F
(minus l7 deg C) starting and operating temperature with indicated lamp types.
c.
D.
INTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511-4
I
t
I
I
I
WES'THAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
L-+
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F (Minus 29 Deg C) and Higher: Electromagnetic type
designed for use with indicated lamp types.
E. Ballasts for Low Electromagnetic-Interference Environments: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter l,
Part 18, Subpart C, for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for
consumer equlpment.
F. Ballasts for Dimmer-Conkolled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type.
l. Dimming Range: 100 to 5 percent of rated lamp lumens.
2. Ballast Input Watts: Can be reduced to 20 percent of normal.
3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system
and lamp type indicated.
G. Ballasts for Bi-Level Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Elechonic type.
l. Operating Modes: Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the light output
of the associated lamp between high- and lowlevel and off.
a. High-Level Operation: 100 percent of rated lamp lumens.
b. Low-Level Operation: 30 percent of rated lamp lumens.
2. Ballast shall provide equal current to each lamp in each operating mode.
3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific bilevel control system
and lamp type indicated.
BAILASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS
Description: Electronic programmed rapid-start type, complying w'ith ANSI C 82.11, designed
for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless
dimmer or bi-level control is indicated:
Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement.
Sound Rating: A.
Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percant.
Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better.
Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.
Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.
BF: 0.95 or higher, unless otherwise indicated.
Power Factor: 0.98 or higher.
B.Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type.
Dimming Range: 100 to 5 percent of rated lamp lumens.
Ballast Input Watts: Can be reduced to 20 percent of normal.
Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system
and lamp type indicated.
2.
J.
INTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.5 EMERGENCYFLUORESCENTPOWERLINIT
A. Intemal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, factory mounted within lighting
fixture body and compatible with ballast. Comply wiIhUL 924.
L Emergency Connection: Operate I fluorescent lamp(s) continuously at an ouQut of 1100
lumens each. Connect unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and switched circuit to
fixture ballast.
2. Nightlight Connection: Operate one fluorescent lamp continuously.
3. Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or
entering ceiling space.
a. Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power
and demonstrates unit operability.
b. Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle
charge; bright glow indicates charging at end ofdischarge cycle.
4. Battery: Sealed,maintenance-free,nickel-cadmiumtype.
5. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current Ope with sealed power transfer
relay.
6. Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-
required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is
annunciated by an integral audible alarm and flashing red LED.
B. Extemal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, suitable for powering one or
more fluorescent lamps, remote mounted from lighting fixture. Comply wilhUL 924.
1. Emergency Connection: Operate one fluorescent lamp continuously. Connect
unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and switched circuit to fixture ballast.
2. Night-Light Connection: Operate one fluorescent lamp in a remote fixture continuously.
3. Battery: Sealed,maintenance-free,nickel-cadmiumtype.
4. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-crrrent type.
5. Housing: NEMA250,Type I enclosure.
6. Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in rmit housing, simulates loss of normal power and
demonstrates unit operability.
7 . LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;
bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
8. Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-
required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is
anmrnciated by an integral audible alarm and flashing red LED.
BALLASTS FOR"HID LAMPS
Electromagnetic Ballast for Metal-Halide Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029.
Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated:
l. Ballast Circuit: Constant-wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type.
2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for singleJamp
ballasts.
3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C).
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
2.6
INTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511 - 6
D.
A.
2.7
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
4. Open-circuit operation that will not reduce average life.
5. Low-Noise Ballasts: Manufacturers' standard epoxy-encapsulated models desigted to
minimize audible fixture noise.
B. Electronic Ballast for Metal-Halide Lamps: Include the following features unless otherwise
indicated:
1. Lamp end-ofJife detection and shutdown circuit.
2. Sound Rating: A.
3. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 15 percent.
4. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better.
5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.5 or less.
6. PowerFactor: .90 or higher.
7. Interference: Comply wilh 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, SubpartC, for limitations on
electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.
8. Protection: Class P thermal cutout.
9. Retain subparagraph and associated subparagraphs below for bilevel ballasts.
10. Bi-Level Dimming Ballast: Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the
light output of the associated fixhre between high- and low-level and off.
a. High-Level Operation: 100 percent of rated lamp lumens.
b. Low-Level Operation: 50 percent of rated lamp lumens.
c. Compatibility: Certified by ballast manufacturer for use with specific bi-level
control system and lamp type indicated. Certified by lamp manufacturer that
ballast operating modes are free from negative effect on lamp life and color-
rendering capability.
C.Auxiliary lnstant-On Quartz System: Factory-installed feature automatically switches quartz
lamp on when fixture is initially anergized and when power outages occur" System
automatically turns quartz lamp off when HID lamp reaches approximately 60 percent light
output.
High-Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Electromagnetic type, with solid-state igniter/starter. Igniter-
starter shall have an average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igrriter/starter-case
temperature of 90 deg C.
EXIT SIGNS
Description: Comply with UL 924 for sign colors,
comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
visibility, luminance, and lettering size,
B. Intemally Lighted Signs:
1. Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs, 70,000 hours minimum rated lamp life.
2. Self-Powered Exit Signs @attery Type): htegral automatic charger in a self-contained
power pack.
a. Battery: Sealed,maintenance-free,nickel-cadmiumtype.
b. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
c. Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage
drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is restored,
INTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 165ll -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vai1, Colorado
C,
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
automatically recharged and
T
Irelay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is
floated on charger.
d. Test Push Button: Push{o-test t}pe, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal I
power and demonstrates urut operability. I
e. LED Indicator Light: Lrdicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates ffickle
charge; bright glow indicates charging at end ofdischarge cycle.
f. hrtegral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-
required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is
annunciated by an integral audible alarm and flashing red LED.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNMS
Description: Self-contained units complying withUL 924.
I . Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically tums lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops
to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps fiom battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
4. Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and
demonstrates unit operability.
5. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;
bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
6. Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-
required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is
annwrciated by an integral audible alarm and flashing red LED.
FLUORESCENT LAMPS
Low-Mercury Lamps: Comply with EPA's toxicity characteristic leaohing procedure test; shall
yield less than 0.2 mg of mercury per liter when tested according to NEMA LL 1.
T8 rapid-start[ low-mercury] lamps, rated 32 W maximum, nominal length of 48 inches (1220
mm), 2800 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3000 K, and
average rated life 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated.
T8 rapid-start[ low-mercury] lamps, rated 17 W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches (610
mm), 1300 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3000 K, and
average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated.
Compact Fluorescent Lamps: 4-Pin, low mercury, CRI 80 (minimum), color temperature
[3500] <Insert value> K, average rated life of 10,000 hours at 3 hours operation per start unless
otherwise indicated.
1 . 13 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 900 initial lumens (minimum).
2. 18 W: T4, double or triple tube, rated 1200 initial lumens (minimum).
3. 26 W: T4, double or tnple tube, rated I 800 initial lumens (minimum).
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
t
I
t
T
A.
B.
D.
2.8
2.9
INTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t65ll -8
IIr WESTHAVEN coNDoMINItTMS 100% cD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
IJ 4. 32W: T4,triple tube, rated 2400 initial lumens (minimum).
5. 42W: T4, triple tube, rated 3200 initial lumens (minimum).
I 6. 55 W: T4, triple tube, rated 4300 initial lumens (minimum).
I
I 2.r0 HID LAMPSrA. High-Pressure Sodium Lamps: ANSI C78.42, CRI 2l (minimum), color temperature 1900 K,
r and average rated life of 24,000 hours, minimurh.
l. Dual-Arc Tube Lamps: Arranged so only one of two arc tubes is lighted at one time and,
I ilff1',;;n,';,;.Tffi1,ffi,ffi:i?*;T""'"lH::,Ti:.x'lf;:'.'Jffi:r
pressure'
B. Metal-Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, with a minimum CRI 65 and color temperature 4000 K.IIII C. Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: Minimum CRI 65, and color temperature 4000 K.
I D. Ceramic,Pulse-Start,Metal-HalideLamps: MinimumCRI 80andcolortanperature4000 K.
I
I 2.tt LTGHTTNG FXTTTRE SUPPORTCOMPONENTS
I A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints" for channel- and
angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
a B. Single-Stem Hangers: I l2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish
same as fixture.
ll
I C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, l/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single
fixture. Finish same as fixfute.
I
lJ D. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage.
r E. Wires for Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/4 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless
I steel.l2 gage.
F. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
I G. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I-;I 3.I INSTALLATION
f A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each
l} fixture.
I B. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support:
I
I
INTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511-9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.IMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
l
T
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
1 . Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging.
2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers.
3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for
suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end.
C. Adjust aimable lighting fixtures to provide required light intensities.
D. Connect wiring according to Division l6 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.2 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL
Test for Emergency Lighting: lntemrpt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify
transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal.
B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verihcations indicating and
interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate
compliance with standards
END OF SECTION 16511
INTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16511 - r0
I
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 16521 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING-
T
PART 1-GENERALI
1.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryr Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II 1.2 SUMMARY
f A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts.
I 2. Poles and accessories.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I 1. Division 16 Section "lnterior Lighting" for exterior luminaires normally mounted onI exterior swfaces of buildines.
I 1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. CRI: Color-rendering index.
I B. HID: High-intensity discharge.
f , C. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided.I
D. Pole: Luminaire support structure, including tower used for large area illumination.tI E. Standard: Same definition as "Pole" above.
I t.4 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS CRTTERIA FOR POLE SELECTION
I A. Dead Load: Weight of luminaire and its horizontal and vertical supports, lowering devices, and
I supporting structure, applied as stated in AASHTO LTS4.
. B. Live Load: Single load of 500 lbf (222419, distributed as stated in AASHTO LTS-4.
I C. Ice Load: Load of 3 lbf/sq. ft. (143.6 Pa), applied as stated in AASHTO LTS4.
a D. Wind Load: Pressure of wind on pole and luminaire, calculated and applied as stated in
I AASHTOLTS4.
1. Wind speed for calculating wind load for poles 50 feet (15 m) or less in height is 70 mph.
I
I
EXTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16521 - |
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I.5 SUBMITTALS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
t
l
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
A. Product Data: For each luminaire, pole, and support component, arranged in order of lighting
unit designation. Include data on featues, accessories, finishes, and the following:
l. Physical description of luminaire, including materials, dimensions, effective projected
area, and verification of indicated parameters.
2. Details of attaching luminaires and accessories.
3. Details of installation and construction.
4. Luminairematerials.
5. Ballasts,includingenergy-efficiencydata.
6. Lamps, including life, output, and energy-efficiency data.
7. Materials, dimensions, and hnishes of poles.
8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports, and indication that attachment is suitable for
components involved.
9. Anchorbolts forpoles.
B. Pole and Support Component Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of poles, certifying that
products are designed for indicated load requirements in AASHTO LTS-4 and that load
imposed by luminaire has been included in design.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaries to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
E. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
QUAIITY ASST]RANCE
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with IEEE C2, "National Electrical Safety Code."
Comply with NFPA 70.
DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Package aluminum poles for shipping according to ASTM B 660.
Store poles on decay-resistant-treated skids at least 12 inches (300 mm) above grade and
vegetation. Support poles to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation.
Handle wood poles so they will not be damaged. Do not use pointed tools that can indent pole
surface more than 114 inch (6 mm) deep. Do not apply tools to section of pole to be installed
below eround line.
1.6
B.
c.
1.7
I
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
c.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT F'OR CONSTRUCTION 16521-2
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII.IMS
Vail, Colorado
1.8 WARRANTY
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
c.
D.
E.
z-t
2.2
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
T
I
I
I
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace products that fail in materials or workmanship; that corrode; or that fade, stain,
perforate, erode, or chalk due to effects of weather or solar radiation within specified warranty
period. Manufacturer may exclude lightning damage, hail damage, vandalism, abuse, or
unauthorized repairs or alterations from special warranty coverage.
l. Warranty Period for Luminaires: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Wananty Period for Metal Corrosion: Five years ftom date of Substantial Completion.
3. Warranty Period for Color Retention: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
4. Warranty Period for Lamps: Replace lamps and fuses that fail within 12 months from
date of Substantial Completion; fumish replacement lamps and fuses that fail within the
second 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
5. Warranty Period for Poles: Repair or replace lighting poles and standards that fail in
finish, materials, and workrnanship within manufachrer's standard warranty period, but
not less than three years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANTJFACTI]RERS
In Exterior Lighting Device Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that
introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specifi ed.
2. Basis of Desigrr Product: The design of each item of exterior luminaire and its support is
based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements,, provide either the
named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.
LUMINAIRES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet
locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution pattems indicated for
luminaires.
Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp comers and edges.
Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated. Form and
support to prevent warping and sagging.
Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or
deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION t6521 - 3
l
I
I
I
l
I
l
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B.
z-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or
replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens.
G. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
H. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat,
and UV radiation.
I. Light Shields: Metal baffles, factory installed and field adjustable, arranged to block light
distribution to indicated portion of normally illuminated area or field.
J. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83'percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
K. Lenses and Refractors Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and
cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
L. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested
luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support
materials.
M. Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual
for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating
finishes.
l. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning," to
remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind
welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and nrst, if
present, from uncoated steel, compllng with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. l, "White Metal
Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."
2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufactwer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of
primer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build polyurethane enamel.
a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufach-rer's full range.
FLUORESCENT BALLASTS AND LAMPS
Low-Temperature Ballast Capability: Rated by its manufacturer for reliable starting and
operation of indicated lamp(s) at temperatures minus 20 deg F and higher.
Ballast Characteristics:
1 . Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
2. Sound Rating: A.
3. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16s21 - 4
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
i
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.4
4. Electromagrretic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1, energy-saving, high power factor,
Class P, automatic-reset thermal protection.
5. Case Temperature for Compact Lamp Ballasts; 65 deg C, maximum.
6. Transient-Voltage Protection: Comply with IEEE C62.41 Category A or better.
C. Low-Temperature Lamp Capability: Rated for reliable starting and operation with ballast
provided at temperatures minus 20 deg F and higher.
D. Fluorescent Lamps: Low-mercury type. Comply with the EPA's toxicity characteristic leaching
procedure test; shall yield less than 0.2 mg of mercury per liter when tested according to
NEMALL 1.
C.
BALLASTS FOR HID LAMPS
Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029 and capable of open-circuit operation without reduction
of average lamp life. Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated:
l. Ballast Circuit: Constant-wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type.
2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 degF (Minus 30 deg C).
3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C).
Auxiliary, Instant-On, Quartz System: Factory-installed feature automatically switches quartz
lamp on when fixture is initially energized and when momentary power outages occur. System
automatically turns quartz lamp off when HID lamp reaches approximately 60 percent of light
output.
High-Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Electromagnetic type with solid-state igniter/starter and
capable of open-circuit operation without reduction of average lamp life. Igniter/starter shall
have an average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniter/starter-case temperature of90
deg C.
HIDLAMPS
High-hessure Sodium Lamps: ANSI C78.42, CRI 21 (minimum), color temperature 1900 K,
and average rated life of 24,000 hours, minimum.
1. Dual-Arc Tube Lamp: Arranged so only one of two arc tubes is lighted at one time and,
when power is restored after an outage, the cooler arc tube, with lower internal pressure,
lights instantly, providing an immediate 8 to 15 percent of normal light output.
Metal-Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, with a minimum CRI 65 and color temperature 40fi)
K.
Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: Minimum CRI 65, and color temperahre 4000 K.
POLES AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Structural Characteristics: Comply with AASHTO LTS-4.
C.
B.
I
t
2.5
A.
B.
2.6
I
I EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16521 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITIMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1. Wind-Load Strength of Poles: Adequate at indicated heights above grade without failure,
permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of speed indicated in Part 1
"structural Analysis Criteria for Pole Selection" Article, with a gust factor of 1.3.
2. Strength Analysis: For each pole, multiply the actual equivalent projected area of
luminaires and brackets by a factor of 1.1 to obtain the equivalent projected area to be
used in pole selection strength analysis.
B. Luminaire Attachment Provisions: Comply with luminaire manufacturers' mounting
requirements. Use stainless-steel fasteners and mounting bolts, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with support
components.
I . Materials: Shall not cause galvanic action at contact points.
2. Anchor Bolts, Leveling Nuts, Bolt Caps, and Washers: Hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication, unless stainless-steel items are indicated.
3. Anchor-Bolt Template: Pllwood or steel.
D. Concrete Pole Foundations: Cast in place, with anchor bolts to match pole-base flange.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concrete."
2.7 STEEL POLES
A. Poles: Comply with ASTM A 500, Grade B, carbon steel with a minimum yield of 46,000 psig
(317 MPa); l-piece construction up to 40 feet (12 m) in height with access handhole in pole
wall.
l. Shape: Round, straight.
2. Mounting Provisions: Butt flange for bolted mounting on foundation or breakaway
support.
B. Steel Mast Arms: Single-arm bpe, continuously welded to pole atiachment plate. Material
and frnish same as pole.
C. Brackets for Luminaires: Detachable, cantilever, without underbrace .
Adapter fitting welded to pole and bracket, then bolted together with galvanized-steel
bolts.
Cross Section: Tapered oval, with straight tubular end section to accommodate
lumlnalre.
3. Match pole material and finish.
D. Pole-Top Tenons: Fabricated to suppod luminaire or luminaires and brackets indicated, and
securely fastened to pole top.
E. Steps: Fixed steel, with nonslip treads, positioned for l5-inch (381-mm) vertical spacing,
altemating on opposite sides ofpole; first step at elevation 10 feet (3 m) above frnished grade.
1.
2.
I
l
T
IEXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1652t - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
D.
E.
2.8
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
F. Intermediate Handhole and Cable Support: Weathertight, 3-by-5-inch (76-by-127-mm)
handhole located at midpoint of pole with cover for access to intemal welded attachment lug for
electric cable support grip.
G. Grounding and Bonding Lugs: Welded 112-inch (13-mm) threaded lug, complying with
requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding," listed for attaching grounding
and bonding conductors oftype and size listed in that Section, and accessible thLrough handhole.
H. Cable Support Grip: Wire-mesh type with rotating attachment eye, sized for diameter of cable
and rated for a minimum load equal to weight of supported cable times a 5.0 safety factor.
I. Factory-Painted Finish: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP l, "Solvent Cleaning," to
remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind
welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if
present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal
Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."
2. Interior Surfaces of Pole: One coat of bituminous paint, or otherwise treat for equal
corrosion protection.
3. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of
primer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build poll'urethane enamel.
a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
POLE ACCESSORIES
Duplex Receptacle: 120V, 20 A in a weatherproof assembly complying with Division 16
Section "Wiring Devices" for ground-fault circuit-interrupter q/pe.
Recessed 12 inches above finished grade.
Nonmetallic polycarbonate plastic or reinforced fiberglass cover, that when mounted
results in NEMA 250, Tlpe [3R] enclosure.
3. With cord opening.
4. With lockable hasp and latch that complies with OSI{A lockout and tag-out requirements.
Minimum 1800-W transformer, protected by replaceable fuses, mriunted behind access cover.
Base Covers: Manufacturers' standard metal rmits, arranged to cover pole's mounting bolts and
nuts. Finish same as pole.
Transformer Type Base: Same material and color as pole. Coordinate dimensions to suit pole's
base flange and accept ballast(s).
Decorative accessories, supplied by decorative pole manufacturer, include the following:
l. Banner Arms: Steel.
l.
2.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16521 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LIA4INAIREINSTAILATION
A. Install lamps in each luminaire.
B. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
1. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the
application and approved by manufacturer.
C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of
photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artilicial light sources.
3.2 POLE INSTALLATION
A. Align pole foundations and poles for optimum directional alignment of luminaires and their
mounting provisions on the pole.
B. Clearances: Maintain the following minimum horizontal distances of poles from surface and
underground feafures, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings:
l. Fire Hydrants and Storm Drainage Piping: 60 inches.
2. Water, Gas, Electric, Communication, and Sewer Lines: 10 feet.
3. Trees: 15 feet.
C. Concrete Pole Foundations: Set anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt templates fumished by
pole manufacturer. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing requirements are specified in
Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
l. Grout void between pole base and foundation. Use nonshrink or expanding concrete
grout firmly packed to fill space.
2. Install base covers, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Use a short piece of ll2-lnch- (13-mm-) diameter pipe to make a drain hole through
grout. Arrange to drain condensation from interior ofpole.
3,3 BOLLARDLTIMINAIREINSTALLATION
A. Align units for optimum directional alignment of light distribution.
B. Install on concrete base with top 4 inches above finished grade or surface at bollard location.
Cast conduit into base, and shape base to match shape of bollard base. Finish by troweling and
rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Division 3
Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
I
I
I
I
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16521 - I
I! WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILIMS 100% CD: September2005
- Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I 3.4 INSTAILATION OF INDTVIDUAL GROT]ND-MOT]NTING LUMINAIRES
I A. Install on concrete base with top 4 inches above finished grade or surface at luminaire location.
I Cast conduit into base, and finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials,
mstallation, and finishing are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete. "
I
r 3.5 coRRosIoNPREVENTIoN
I A. Aluminum: Do not use rn contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with aI dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or heatment.
I B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." In concrete
I foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- (0.254-mm) thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape
applied with a 50 percent overlap.
I
T 3.6 GROTINDING
I A. Ground metal poles and support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding andtl Bonding."
I l. Install grounding electrode for each pole, unless otherwise indicated.r 2. tnstall grounding conductor pigtail in the base for connecting luminaire to grounding
. . system.
t B. Ground nonmetallic poles and support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding
and Bonding."
I 1. Install grounding electrode for each pole.
2. Install grounding conductor and conductor protector.
I 3. Ground metallic components ofpole accessories and foundations.
Ia-
3.7 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROLI
I A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged {ixtures and componants.
I B. Illumination Observations: Verifi normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires
I and energizing circuits with normal power source.
rr l. Veriff operation ofphotoelectric controls.
tr C. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and
I interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate
I compliance with standards.
II
I
I
EXTERIORLIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1652t - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain luminaire lowering devices. Refer to Division 1 Section
"Demonstration and Training. "
END OF SECTION 1652I
EXTERIOR LIGHTING NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16521 - l0
I *ESTHAVEN coNDoMINItrI\4s
I
I
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM
PART 1-GENERAT
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I- 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I r.2 SUMMARY
- A. This Section includes fire alarm systems.
Ir'r B. Related Sections include the followine:
I I . Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for door closers and holders with associated smokeI detectors, electric door locks, and release devices that interface w'ith the fire alarm
system.
I.3 DEFINITIONS
rI
I A. FACP: Fire alarm control panel.
D I ED: Light-emitting diode.II C. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies.
I
D. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section.
E 1,4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
I- A. Noncoded, addressable system; multiplexed sigral kansmission dedicated to fire alarm semce
- only.
T
I.5 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTSI
I A. System shall be design-build with the system designer as the "Engineer of Record". Drawings
are schematic only.
I B. Comply with NFPA 72.
I C. Premises protection includes <Insert type of building construction> and <Insert occupancy
I tYPe>'
D. Fire alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices:
I
FIRE ALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
1. Manual stations.
2. Heat detectors.
3. Smoke detectors.
4. Verified automatic alarm operation of smoke detectors.
5. Automatic sprinkler system water flow.
6. Fire extinguishing system operation.
7 . Fire standpipe system.
E. Fire alarm signal shall initiate the following actions:
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
2.
A.
B.
1.6
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Alarm notification appliances shall operate continuously.
2. Identiff alarm at the FACP and remote annunciators.
3. De-energize electromagnetic door holders.
4. Transmit an alarm sigrral to the remote alarm receiving station.
5. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths.
6. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders.
7 . Activate voice/alarm communication system.
8. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment conhols to fire alarm mode.
9. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of system serving zone where alarm was initiated.
10. Record events in the system memory.
I l. Record events by the system printer.
F. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more ofthe following devices or actions:
1. Operation of a fire-protection system valve tamper.
G. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices or actions:
t.Open circuits, shorts and grounds of wiring for initiating device, signaling line, and
notihcation-appliance circuits.
Opening, tampering, or removal of alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-initiating
devices.
3. Loss of primary power at the FACP.
4. Ground or a single break in FACP internal circuits.
5. Abnormal ac voltage at the FACP.
6. Abreakin standbybatterycircuitry.
7. Failure ofbattery charging.
8. Abnormal position of any switch at the FACP or annunciator.
9. Low-air-pressure switch operation on a dry-pipe or preaction sprinkler system.
H. System Trouble and Supervisory Sigrral Actions: Ring trouble bell and annunciate at the
FACP and remote annunciators. Record the event on system printer.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
Shop Drawings:
1. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:
FIRE ALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721-2
E.
F.
G.
1.7
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire alarm system design.
b. Fire alarm certified by NICET, minimum Level III.
2. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including method of
operation and supervision ofeach type of circuit and sequence of operations for manually
and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard
descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
3. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming.
4. System iser diagram with der"ice addresses, conduit sizes, and cable and wire types and
sizes.
5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include diagrams for equipment
and for system with all terminals and intercorurections identified. Show wiring color
code.
6. Batteries: Size calculations.
7. Duct Smoke Detectors: Performance parameters and installation details for each
detector, verifoing that each detector is listed for the complete range of air velocity,
temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.
8. Voice/Alarm Sigrraling Service: Equipment rack or console layout, grounding schematic,
amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram.
9. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device.
Show size and route of cable and conduits.
C. Qualification Data: For Installer.
D. Field quality-control test reports.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire alarm system to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Comply with NFPA 72, Appendix A, recommendations for Owner's
manual. Include abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at the FACP.
Submittals to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements for
submittals specified in Division I Section "Submittals," make an identical submittal to
authorities having jurisdiction. To facilitate review, include copies of annotated Contract
Drawings as needed to depict component locations. Resubmit if required to make clarifications
or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities having jurisdiction,
submit them to Architect for rer,rew.
Documentation:
1. Record of Completion Documents: hovide the "Permanent Records" according to
NFPA 72 to Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction. Format of the written
sequence of operation shall be the optional inpuVouQut matrix.
a. Hard copies on paper to Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASST]RANCE
hrstaller Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacttrer for installation
ofunits required for this Proiect.
FIRE ALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721-3
WES'IHAVEN CONDOMNruMS
Vail, Colorado
B. ElectricalComponents,Devices,
Article 100, by a testing agency
intended use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
I
I
I
I
il
t
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
B.
2.1
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. FACP and Equipment:
a. Edwards Systems Technology Inc.
b. Fire-Lite Alarms; a GE-Honeywell Company.
c. Gamewell Company (The).
d. NOTIFIER; a GE-Honeyrvell Company.
e. Silent Knight; a GE-Hone1'well Company.
f. SimplexGrinnell LP; a Tyco lnternational Company.
FACP
A. GeneralDescription:
1 . Modular, powerJimited design with electronic modules, UL 864 listed.
2. Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status.
a. Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting.
b. Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the sensitivity
range ofthe device.
3. Addressable control circuits for operation of mechanical equipment.
B. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface between human operator at
the FACP and addressable system components including annunciation and supervision. Display
alarm, supervisory, and component stafus messages and the programming and control menu.
l. Annunciator and Display: Liquid-crystal type, three line(s) of 40 characters, minimum.
2. Keypad: Arranged to permit enhy and execution of programming, display, and control
commands.
C. Circuits:
l. Signaling Line Circuits: NFPA 12,Class B, Style 4.
t
I
l
I
I
IFIREALARMNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - 4
l.
2.
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. System Layout: Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line
circuit.
2. Notification-Appliance Circuits: NFPA 72, Class A, Style Z.
3. Notification-Appliance Circuits: NFPA 72, Class B, Style Y.
4. Actuation of alarm notification appliances, annunciation, elevator recall and actuation of
suppression systems shall occur within 10 seconds after the activation of an initiating
device.
5. Electrical monitoring for the integnty of wiring extemal to the FACP for mechanical
equipment shutdown and magnetic door-holding circuits is not required, provided a break
in the circuit will cause doors to close and mechanical equipment to shut down.
D. Smoke-AlarmVerification:
Initiate audible and visible indication of an "alarm verification" sigral at the FACP.
Activate a listed and approved "alarm verification" sequence at the FACP and the
detector.
3. Record events by the system printer.
4. Sound general alarm ifthe alarm is verified.
5. Cancel FACP indication and system reset ifthe alarm is not verified.
E. Notification-Appliance Circuit: Operation shall sound in a temporal pattem, complying with
ANSI 53.4I.
F. Elevator Controls: Heat detector operation shuts down elevator power by operating a shunt trip
in a circuit breaker feeding the elevator.
l. A field-mounted relay actuated by the fire detector or the FACP closes the shunt trip
circuit and operates building notification appliances and annunciator.
G. Power Supply for Supervision Equipment: Supply for audible and visual equipment for
supervision of the ac power shall be from a dedicated dc power supply, and power for the dc
component shall be from the ac supply.
Alarm Silencing, Trouble, and Supervisory Alarm Reset: Manual reset at the FACP and remote
annunciators, after initiating devices are restored to normal.
l. Silencing-switch operation halts alarm operation of notification appliances and activates
an "alarm silence" light. Display of identity of the alarm zone or device is retained.
2. Subsequent alarm signals from other devices or zones reactivate notifrcation appliances
until silencing switch is operated again.
3. When alarm-initiating devices return to normal and system reset switch is operated,
notification appliances operate again until alarm silence switch is reset.
Walk Test: A test mode to allow one person to test alarm and supervisory features of initiating
devices. Enabling of this mode shall require the entry of a password. The FACP and
annunciators shall display a test indication while the test is underway. If testing ceases while in
walk-test mode, after a preset delay, the system shall automatically retum to normal'
FIREALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - s
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
J. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically hansmit alarm, trouble, and
supervisory signals to a remote alarm station through a digital alarm communicator transmitter
and telephone lines.
K. Service Modem: Ports shall be RS-232 for svstem printer and for connection to a dial-in
terminal unit.
I . The dial-in port shall allow remote access to the FACP for programming changes and
system diagrostic routines. Access by a remote terminal shall be by encrlpted password
algorithm.
L. Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble events. Idantifu
zone, device, and fi.rnction. Include type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble), and date and
time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm signals from all other printed indications. Also print
system reset event, including the same information for device, location, date, and time.
Commands initiate the printing of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in
the system and a historical log of events.
M. Primary Power: 24-Y dc obtained from 120-V ac service and a power-supply module.
hritiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signal, supervisory and digital
alarm communicator transmitter shall be powered by the 24-V dc source.
l. The alarm current draw of the entire fire alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the
power-supply module rating.
2. Power supply shall have a dedicated fused safef switch for this connection at the service
entrance equipment. Paint the switch box red and identify it with "FIRE ALARM
SYSTEMPOWER."
N. Secondary Power: 24-Y dc supply system with batteries and automatic battery charger and an
automatic transfer switch.
l. Batteries: Sealed lead calcium.
2. BatteryandChargerCapacity: ComplywithNFPAT2.
O. Surge Protection:
1. Install surge protection on normal ac power for the FACP and its accessories. Comply
with Division 16 Section "Transient Voltage Suppression" for auxiliary panel
suppressors.
2. Install surge protectors recommended by FACP manufacturer. Install on all system
wiring extemal to the building housing the FACP.
P. lnstructions: Computer printout or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic or
glass cover in a stainless-steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and describe
appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional operation of the
svstem under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions.
I
I
T
il
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IFIRE ALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - 6
-I4 wESTHAVENCoNDoMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
| 2.3 MANUAL F'RE A'ARM BoxES
Ir 2.4 SYSTEM SMOKEDETECToRS
I A. General Description:
on status.
I B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:t
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l outlet box; ifindicated as surface mounted, provide manufachrer's surface back box.
1. Double-action mechanism requiring two actions to initiate an alarm, pull-lever type.
With integral addressable module, arranged to communicate manual-station status
(normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP.
t
I
I
1. UL268listed, operatingat24-Y dc, nominal.
2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to comm.unicate detector status (normal, alarm,
or trouble) to the FACP.
3. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated elechonic components shall be mounted
in a plug-in module that corutects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for
connection of building wiring.
4. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to
restore them to normal operation.
5. krtegral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type. Indicating detector has operated and power-
I I . Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon+ell receiver'
2. Detector Sensitivitv: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot smoke obscuration when tested
accordins to UL 268,{.
I C. lonization Smoke Detector:
|l l. Sensor: Responsive to both visible and invisible products of combustion. Self-
I compensating for changes in environmental conditrons.
I 2. Detector Sensitivity: Between 0.5 and 1.7 percent/foot smoke obscuration when tested
according to tll- 268A.
I D. Duct Smoke Detectors:I
I . Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:
I a. Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon-cell receiver.
b. Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percenVfoot smoke obscuration when
tested according to UL 268A.
I 2. UL 268A listed, operatingat24-Y dc, nominal.
I 3. Iltegral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm,
I or trouble) to the FACP.r 4. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted
in a plug-in module that connects to a fixed base. The fixed base shall be desigrred for
I
I
FIREALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721-7
I
I
I
I
il
t
I
I
I
A.
2.5
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
L.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.6
mounting directly to the air duct. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection to
building wiring.
a. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: UL listed for use with the supplied
detector. The enclosure shall comply with NEMA 250 requirements for Type 4X.
5. Self-Restoring: Detectors shall not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to
restore them to normal operation.
6. krtegral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type. hdicating detector has operated and power-
on status. Provide remote status and alarm indicator and test station where indicated.
HEATDETECTORS
General: UL 521 listed.
Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature of 135 degF (57
deg C) or rate-of-rise of temperahre that exceeds 15 degF (8 deg C) per minute, unless
otherwise indicated.
l. Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting.
2. hrtegral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm,
or trouble) to the FACP.
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
Description: Equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system
connections.
1 . Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-
mounting assembly.
Homs: Electric-vibrating-polaized type, 24-Y dc with provision for housing the operating
mechanism behind a grille. Homs shall produce a sound-pressure level of 90 dBA, measured
l0 feet from the hom.
Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971, with clear or nominal white
polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in
minimum l-inch high letters on the lens.
1. Rated Lightoutput: 75 candela.
2. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM REMOTE INDICATORS
Remote status and alarm indicator and test stations, with LED indicating lights. Light is
connected to flash when the associated device is in an alarm or trouble mode. Lamp is flush
mounted in a single-gang wall plate. A red, laminated, phenolic-resin identification plate at the
indicating light identifies, in engraved white letters, device initiating the signal and room where
I
I
t
I
t
B.
I
T
I
I
I
2.7
FIRE ALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1672t -8
A.
B.
A.
B.
2.8
2.9
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.10
A.
B.
2.tl
A.
B.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
the smoke detector or valve is located. For water-flow switches, the identification plate also
designates protected spaces downstream from the water-flow switch.
MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS
Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with
matching door plate.
l. Electromagnet: Requires no more than 3 W to develop 25Jbf holding force.
2. Wall-Mounted Units: Flush mounted. unless otherwise indicated.
3. Rating: 24-Y ac or dc.
4. Rating: 120-V ac.
Material and Finish: Match door hardware.
REMOTE ANNLINCIATOR
Description: Duplicate annunciator functions of the FACP for alarm, supervisory, and houble
indications. Also duplicate manual switching fi.rnctions of the FACP, including acknowledging,
silencing, resetting, and testing.
l. Mounting: Flush cabinet, NEMA 250, Class l.
Display Type and Functional Performance: Alphanumeric display same as the FACP. Controls
with associated LEDs permit acknowledging, silencing, resetting, and testing functions for
alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals identical to those in the FACP.
ADDRES SABLE INTERFACE DEVICE
Description: Microelectronic monitor module listed for use in providing a system address for
listed alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts.
Integral Relay: Capable ofproviding a direct signal to the elevator controller to initiate elevator
recall to a circuit-breaker shunt trip for power shutdown.
DIGITAL AIARM COMMT]NICATOR TRANSMITTER
Listed and labeled according to UL 632.
Functional Performance: Unit receives an alarm, superrtisory, or trouble signal from the FACP,
and automatically captures one or two telephone lines and dials a preset number for a remote
cenhal station. When contact is made with the central station(s), the sigrral is transmitted. The
unit supervises up to two telephone lines. Where supervising 2 lines, if service on either line is
intemtpted for longer than 45 seconds, the unit initiates a local trouble signal and transmits a
signal indicating loss of telephone line to the remote alarm receiving station over the remaining
line. When telephone service is restored, unit automatically reports that event to the central
station. If service is lost on both telephone lines, the local trouble sigrral is initiated.
FIREALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - 9
100% CD: September 2005 t
FOR CONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
2.12
A.
2.13
A.
C. Secondary Power: Integral rechargeable battery and automatic charger. Battery capacity is
adequate to comply with NFPA 72 requirements.
D. Self-Test: Conducted automatically every 24 hours with report transmitted to central station.
SYSTEM PRINTER
Listed and labeled as an integral part of the fire alarm system.
WIREANDCABLE
Wire and cable for fire alarm systems shall be UL listed and labeled as complying with
NFPA 70, Article 760.
Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, not less than No. 18 AWG..
Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid+opper conductors with 600-V rated, 7 5 deg C, color-coded
insulation.
l. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum.
2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum.
3. Multiconductor Armored Cable: NFPA70 TypeMC, copper conductors, TFN/THHN
conductor insulation, copper drain wire, copper armor with outer jacket with red
identifier stripe, UL listed for fire alarm and cable fay installation, plenum rated, and
complying with requirements in UL 2796 for a 2-hour rating.
I
I
I
B.
C.
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
3.1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Smoke or Heat Detector Spacing:
1. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet or the rating of the detector.
2. Spacing of heat detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for
high ceiling areas, shall be determined according to Appendix A in NFPA 72.
3. Spacing of heat detectors shall be determined based on guidelines and recommendations
in NFPA 72.
HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 3 feet from air-supply diffuser or refum-air opening.
Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they
extend the full width of the duct.
Heat Detectors in Elevator Shafts: Coordinate temperatr.re rating and location with sprinkler
rating and location.
Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each sprinkler water-
flow switch and valvetamper switch that is not readily visible from normal viewing position.
B.
C.
D.
I
IFIREALARMNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - l0
C.
D.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINII'MS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
POR CONSTRUCTION
F. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install bells
and homs on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind
a grille.
G. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm hom and at least
6 inches below the ceiling.
H. Device Location-krdicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
I. FACP: Surface mount with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor.
J. Annunciator: Install with top of panel not more than 72 inches above the finished floor.
3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring according to the following:
I, NECA I.
2. TIA/EIA 568-4.
B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 16 Section "Raceways
and Boxes."
l. Fire alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm system
shall be installed in a dedicated raceway system. This system shall not be used for any
other wire or cable.
Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as
recommended by manufacfurer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and
back of the enclosure. Brmdle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess.
Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or internrpted in any enclosure associated with
the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring
diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type
terminal blocks, or plug connectors.
Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in jwrction, pull, and outlet boxes, cabinets, or
equipment ernclosures where circuit connections are made.
Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power
wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for supervisory
circuits. Color+ode audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits.
Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating derices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes
and covers red.
Risers: Install at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire alarm system. Separate risers in
close proximity to each other with a minimum l-hour-rated wall, so the loss of one riser does
not prevent the receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or zones.
FIREALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - ll
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: l-inch conduit between the FACP and the
transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting wiring as
needed to suit monitorine function.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identiff system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 16 Section
"Electrical Identifi cation."
B. Install instructions frame in a location visible from the FACP.
C. Paint power-supply disconnect switch red and label UFIRE ALARM.U
3.4 GROI.INDING
A. Grormd the FACP and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground wire from
main service ground to the FACP.
3.5 FIELD QUATITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test repoils:
l. Before requesting final approval of the installation, submit a written statement using the
form for Record of Completion shown in NFPA 72.
2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection listed in NFPA 72.
Certifu compliance with test paranibters. A11 tests shall be conducted under the direct
supervision of a NICET technician certified under the Fire Alarm Systems program at
Level III.
3. Visual Inspection: Conduct a visual inspection before any testing. Use as-built drawings
and system documentation for the inspection. Identiff improperly located, damaged, or
nonfunctional equipment, and correct before beginning tests.
4. Testing: Follow procedure and record results complying with requirements in NFPA 72.
a. Detectors that are outside their marked sensitivity range shall be replaced.
5. Test and Inspection Records: Prepare according to NFPA 72, including demonstration of
sequences of operation by using the matrix-style form in Appendix A in NFPA 70.
3.6 ADruSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustrnents: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
B. Follow-Up Tests and Inspections: After date of Substantial Completion, test the fire alarm
system complying with testing and visual inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Perform tests
and inspections listed for tkee monthly, and one quarterly, periods.
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
IFIRE ALARM NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - 12
I
I
I
t
I
I
I WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS 100%CD: September2005
I Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I C. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test the fire alarm
r system complyng with the testing and visual inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Perform
I tests and inspections listed for monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual periods. Use forms
developed for initial tests and inspections.
II 3.7 DEMONSTRATION
I A. Engage a factory-authorized sen ice representative to hain Ovvner's maintenance personnel to
I adjust, operate, and maintain the fire alarm system, appliances, and devices. Refer to Division I
Section "Demonstration and Training.n
rr ENDoF sECTION 16721
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
FIREALARM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 16721 - 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
T
t
APPENDIX A
Wood Trim Profiles
CROI^IN IIOLD|NG
BA9E TRIN I1OLDING
WOOD TR IM PROFILE . ZEN PACKAGE
,l
t
t
I
'l
I
I
I
I
I
:I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
Coovr;rtr try Sthatht Mill Wrrtr tnc. t tnutlurriroit I lra Prafiihiterl Wittynt Pcrmi*in
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
JuH-r4-24O5 ll:96 Pl4
I t - D-L:r':rJ g,3ta'er' D-:-:-
APPENDIX B
Tile Specifications
ri O.o .', (;Frrol'\i
=.c@NaiF-(o(3 2!@citn Y a cf (E.IJ:<(D(I o--9(
F "Eq!- o:cvg,ott
o
=E
o!tro
-PP9
F$gssggsf *
O!.L!- \r-OOO lOcoo o oo'--== Eov-Y!-!JFFF c)
HsggSEsss t
c
=sE€€sf€€*
EEEgEgEE$g
oO ooE5 E B e,5ED@--EoogoFFAO
t15{'ii6;fi5.e.pdd
=f33pE3s3!E€eSEEEgEEgE.F.FSs
,co
(,tL
Itr
E
Ioco
3 pPE:- o o c,E EEE sE 555 3
$EE **f;.b
EI€EEf;F$FEa[O=OOJOOOG: t :f - - O CD Ct O !'trE.= o oEttar<r Jaaaa cD dt lll ul ut ()
? -o bEE=' (o-s€g
; ;EEE $l!E .U 6gg boEooc6
gg€E€ES$g;
5 5F3-e-ett5=E Cr:O.==Tt!trfaaaa{raxtww(,<)
(D (D
-E -E..!=tfi= =F,E.EEE EEEE oSE 8!.E.E B
= €: 3€;E E
fissEEaaE!FFs€rss€sssEE;;*g
'l5fe4==--(lct3-o EFgo 3 trtro oErt (t:tooaaaaoaouutctc)
c0
IL
toocl
:ll
c0
qo
coo(,l<lo
FEolI{Icl
ol
.cl
=lolcliIOI>lGI
F-l
Eiclol
ol.l
.ql
GI
rlol
6lr!l
EI
-9tr
T'c'6N9o
3No
xoirr*@@ c c - xaf:ffibbEa,F(o\t <i6\?ct.':t(t -
oocc.
==.5 .=AJtt a,oo
or!I-oogc
E tg9 9P6 6'-: O O:-P= ':= Fb = bx@r't- x _ _6Xt;HiH*.E$is
oottul
Ttr-EEF" -l-r B9.-FEE; ; .E55i' in 5>_:9 9iire$.ESe ;PEEJTgESJ Fba=; E:-= E; a,,b
r;ISSiTESSE;;
-E
a6
=
6
E()
OL'OOOo.EOq.Sc o
EeBeecasa E
is3:EEgggiF5e555€E€5
iE EEEE€€€ E:<6EOOOJpJ:<
=€,9€€€EEI =
N
ItcI
CIo
tr
.9oo
octo
E
Coso
c,
I
rt
rlt
lo
N
oC
6
D
EEEEgEiggE
G'
Itc
_9
Clo
I
tr
^9o,ooE
Eo
E
o
=C
B
a
<t
'Ult,
r.iaE
oo
epo o EE o o
ate+-RH-+EEq€
ggggigggg;ggg
is;*Fus$E€EFs
Eooe,
Eo
.Et60EEr .EEgE $T€H Efl€t E=
EEEf,e Eg ; E
!EEEESEE E)-OAVTVTOOO 6
5ao3Es,o
EOanC|'(Itg EE "E
,=Fs$isgEE
Eg g 8
Qdp @ urEtE 5* i
F$e 'gs fr
,g;EE*ugisfEF
slGt!'t{r(9i-(O(DCt =oa r"!tr',l0rFoooo-Nr- rF !F t- r- r. !- Ol Ol 6,a"<{It r', lD i! ag O O e N dl trl tat @N N C{ (V (\' nl .t .it (4 Ft Ctt tt> ttt
i.'ooc!roG'
@
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
lol5
5orcrt
ELolslF
lo
rFi
I Eg
:iFggE
I
I
I
I
$t
sf
.'g
stcl- v.it
oo"r
t
I
IIt
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ndao q, Tt<co6'o 9.9fiilo*@" OSo?Q>J3S6
(,r
(rr (tt (,(o oD (,ttF (r(r(t5(rrO(o $
oo
5455+555oJG){(D(,r5(rN-ro(o(!qt-{
-n g, EggE- gs
i6';rtOJ'=
o
-
o
=o5
dflgg
HgEaf3,3
3D
=.11
oo-To
€oo
!
pfrstgEggsd
SFfagBgq}
eEs fe s6g' gg g
TDDB3O5
mo(,
dJ
trb
J6
!o
(^t
F5
aos
CIo3
o
o4fo
!oE
ott!
$l
saA6'9. 3OtLr',glv+
'Nr<o
.,.1
--tc3(t
o
CL
oo
o.o7
CI'Dto-
5>>>>aur(nXNNNd333
T-I'Tooo;v7oooDD9
=t=ooo
oo()ooo
o- 6- o-
mmm.OOllfffJJ=
aa z. z. (,, ID(,r@!TooooooooooeE88R393ee
ZZ -t -t6 --t V --tZ2
FFBBEat'e?F
ts3giiei$a
aea+a+ro.oJd$oJ9:tS88 gtFEo9.
(too.3x!qo'.tcA3Egoo.
\\1':oox
XX.'
s3^:Ec,d
Fge@dr9oo-eag
a
fi"**rF**
maalo
E9
m3q962D6
r)to3oa
g, {t, rDlt lt =-€trctDDXil 3r
s8eO>rocr
s3
EFEd
6(ttAUr(DAAAAA-ll.Ct.ct.lt.o.ollllo
e5 5 5 n5 F 5 F 5
3 fl**** IUVtUUq ;gE Pifi gg
Eqo
>0aoB8;4{?
=. t,
Do
=.9_It
>>>f:t>:'t=gra @DSOoooxxiatD gt gt
oc,o000000trooDDooooooarar--.,Oaa|,,l,l,o l(r = =(cl ct ct Gl lo atfitatfftfff33oooo<<=<g<
BEebABBBBA333 3 F+F33;E 6-o o 6'At 6- it 6- @-
(D
ts
CN
l\)oo(,r
t\'
3
o
c
a
GI3
=o
5 s.qs E
sF:sg(DOr-r-!\t n (D5 !3--l -.1 or -r =(,rcoocr:.
,io@('r
=FU)FF=*(ootN-F r-o(o
E )l-O(O
EE sSSi ae8tI -ae
tvIoo!
g
E
ottco
P======P= PE ggggBgg S"g 'E3,€'5'E'E'€$3SEEE3
Ogggr-LgOrllll-lr-IFE-9CEPEF9sssF
Eggg995sE.g".F,fs
(tocg
*---- --59-6i56 oogE E CDOEI O TDE
8F,5,€,8**##$.EgEbbbb.E.*Pgbb€o.E.--Y..--'-_oo!.-(D;F.6EEE5JCJ!E66
=E===iiaa33=
sco
o3
,s
!!t'oo.o
IPo:POe8E
:aorDE6E5---E sagEo o o o o o o @:Trrt<, l-o v, u, u, o o (t, o -g ul ut l|l -L
secsggEEEcpeSoco60!ooNo6||E
'JJ'J':'f-EJfJ'c,E E C' E E CtrOtrE E toooooooo-ctr@oo
g
.!2rL
o-g9 3ofi
=gti tu€ oog----Z EEtD--oO|DOxo(\IEItOOovtvra = >- uruJ(,,(osg99*8.-'gEcg.6666:t<FOO!F:t:>:trysgIlJfJEquEfoo<ttrt'routarr(tt(Jaaavtctta
co
o.E
C'!oo
gttoII' CDEffEEFOi5 go
E€€f#sf€E
EHHEEE$i#i999369E;P$SSnarSi5 bixxxf\r-xrr6r---x60:$Eri,r=ra*r>EE5e'r()F{-(qrcr.!tF
!t Itoo
EEg
EgggE$EEIg
:lsti:ss::i
c
o
C
=
sco
ELo
I
-9
oo66
E
=oE
Eo
I
F
E6
E(,
,c
atto
gta!
=
=c=A 8 cEeag E ;;;E
Ef*EtEfEt$$Es
ggsssssgs;;Eg
lgggEtEiE-EEi
gf€.i.?f.?g.T€€Es
FssEseEFEEFEF
<\'N:ttc
-9
CLoto
=og,.tg
tOo(,
o.L
=o
rt€
lit
t!
tsaa
g
.g'3
psg€
o o.B.9<o r.9EEEEE'E trtrR
Fsgss;:ggss.g
iE€EEigggc€EE??EErr€g??9
tpE
=e_gFF
s*s'EE$
Eoo
E.
-FEur -E<g E5: oof lrl6.69E oE3 0rE. E:S E € !'2c, F I o
v2, It E -Oi? ie e E=
,Eg=EgFEgEiiE
5==o-ofr=ruiE>9e € gEeEeES
,EE'giE'fiEEF
N C, rO rO rlt i- 6 O O F (!aq, 3 E'O I\ @ (D g r (\a (it i? E tDtsa! oa (\t $f Ga (\a N oa
roc,€,6t
ro
{S@
og
o
6ll
=(,o
CLog
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
o()
z9ttl-
ryg
s$-E6 &
EF=efff H: E.#xfE9€:5iso
E;€€ g
gF,BE E
I
I
l
I
gc$$il
g$qsto
88ds$8gn
sto
I
I
*l
v,E
+l
+;1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(n()(,O@co (,|.-t (rr crr (I (t (t
cD ot a (t t\r (t ('!5555+S5!$O(OO-'.ld)Ctr5(rNao (,t
@ G) at (t G,r &t (t (, (D (t NCD{cbcrr5(tNrO(O No
]I(/,(!
aFflQav9-D
=oot'=
o
x
o:tof
e=$f, t fI E _@
S'E g A5q
O-''1
3g:'.tl
oot
Tot
CLo
tD4(tt(,r-ct(/)vr''-'l-n
alFF419g-oF{E7<epg€qqJJ
isiaffiag$l
iF'€a Ee'raoJ#cIo3
sD
=o
f.r
GJ
F5
a
=EI
=
G)aoo
=ott
o:'l
fi}]
@-{-{f, (O (D (r'n 1-n
gEEBS$Eg5q
59giF*d+[
Ef,F' a Efl#Ff;EoggF
a
ItrIDl=li
t;lslllotelolflFlo
IBlolrl.lo?
ol5l
frl
'l
FitrEFo;stootr
qa
Io
5>>>>Frggg6 H3::c!3 !*go oiiI Eaileila:: :.8888Eqqg
ddgltE !zrrg
o-
o(D<<a@z@avruooooocrarooootsB*Ftq8.q9;",
$ s $g$g55ss s
55ggdssEd5588oo0{++688gs99fEEifgg
""fFA3d
;g O G);soo ooco oc
=rO qt)
cl'; 1- dr aD' dras qa
gedqgegS 3e3e€rfEtsd eEt i,;,EEi,r;, i"rJ==ara=A===ror90c'Doo!too*;Fee*(.*+!'
f;'3+ss3F5 335oog9o5o6)5
fggssg$FA$8Jr=z=tJlgoo o o o o G)o o otdd>JJ
ooo
(,N::r-g\Pr-o)oo.
(,\,rr
09 -t { }.!
{oqxxXX-'XSS^:
^=urotitEFtjP6--
[3€
;-
o(DG)(t(tGt5(,rGr(Dr;*=3 g E*'r=- Ir'!:@ xJSrxo^i, ' -N =tu- =iq$ ;FtElg;8* a 3 e*i
ZCLZO-O8g'8{8 4UToocc,5Io- ct-
o-rJ(t(,toD1t,rri*=^999*'*==nln!qi:di:ii::
iqqFaseqs s
d"## o,o
ouclt=.:a!o
frrgit3qnvl
=a
oDo7
(taas.o .o q =ccg(,
'DD-aBB()srsEB*-E
c)gr(naaargrarrogructlttltorl!rltltI!Il
-cgc-ccgEcc
'D D D {' O D D 9 D D9AdA:AAAAadx-srmmloooooals8:-o!9EEEsg;'"=g *q eE af -8 e.-5-n q3
ogt (t (t (D@ooctroc Itlt tt tt .cr crttt.o+ccEcg-Egg.T'DOODF*DDD
POOOOoIOOO4lourmfitcr . (rr ct a--roO(lO.OxOO(D#--83-t[--a Pma :'f@ ra cLB gSo -tt
oE
*F$
II >>> ><5:tJf
a1 J J J 3Y gtaut a:'ODD;838*
=.=.==ooaDrD(D:!fNNNNT'll6IP@NN9o99o-6-6Ei6996d6dr:rfrddJ.{{{33333-+-.r
====ooo!D!==oooo6'd.6.6.6.oo
6' 6' 5- 6'6'atitoqtlt
EFFEEFEFFS{-r--|.{-{--o
=OO='=O=(DOJo-roo-ro-r--rDeD,NoeD,eb,h,:g€€gf€g€€-
o oo o
o
l\tor
ooOr
1
o.toogo3ao
EEcr tcro- !, c
$$3sg(D (D - --Nt$(D.L--t -.t (rr r =5G)(DCr!'
APPENDIX C
. Appliance Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
.i(>@ct.+;FroFi-.- .$ (g C\| C{-Fs(o(o3x@o<og{8ss
O O ---iO O3 d_gbb
tr o5.Po(D
r-
_e
E
I
I
(D6p
€H,3q ."
FSBff =Piofi'*69
i:tEs33;d.E9x.
Agr- O-8;Et;aor-
Eg g$6
'* o o ='c9g €;E
eE*€HEfig
hsrebBEF
6
(Uo-
L(Doco(U
. € o o'L:d bH*sE :3>sf r€3i# ,g*H
rE;imE#g
F.zou)(\l(,
TOEI
F 8 qEHfi c;
P
e;=s5srcoNi-c)
3t -catg
5FEFE*Eo-o
I
o)ry.-.*.>.> o;9gg9I
b
€^pEeg6b-flt-cS-i3{!EJ=
P5€€EB
g
o
oc
CLa
(g
tr
_9
=E
as
FzoN';._E r.L
F 8 $EHfi C;
t!
ooT'
0(,
tro
|lt.
tto3
oolz taat rD
oo-yvao
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX D
Plumbing Fixtures
.i o @ .(t ..E5ERI
-iFF@(gsEgi
a 3d8i
E c':I6oE
_e:,
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
-:*o.ra
AE:sooo(ooocc.9.9.99
0'otE
(tooGI
ratq!
6
ou(Jz€q9
Tgr!
ii=
,gE
98s
F ,'d
E€55 83i,.J 6
FFE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g-9-9.c -c -cooo}l!dY
g -!P @-c -c -cooot< Y:<
.e .!2s,soo)a :<
o ooorooo.Y Y.Y IZ -Y -Y -Yo o()oo(}('|! oo6|Uto!8.(r, oauraaur 6c ccccccEc EccEcco
.Y J J.Y .- -Y.Y C(} ()()oo(}()o ooodos q6 th66666b .9c ccc,cc,cE 4u)E CCCECCO aL
zB9
*uFrsfv:zv
zB9
$u$rsFYVY
d!F>Iol(t l-r-@q, tct- at
!Z !Z iag$E$aE$g s$
-|b5.o
TEag
fF8 g
FE iE
-oo EFg :E'c Pu,iP iFs
ia, EE€
Bg* E FH
gHg FF
EsHEs
iooo
trE
:tcO o
f I T Ia cE'c .9 U)
-Gu iEE'c .9 u)Lg f s;E s E
;g FHHg-ffi*
gHEgF
ses€s
0o]tc.'
E=e3;in -6-d,O-EoiE
E$Eg
attop
lt
=!tg$6E EEsi #
=LFr.Cl= c- L;Ef eg"g
ig$EEEtsi=
'EE
EE€siiE
igg'ggggggEcgE
oo90
-3-!-rFFFrF -r
is F-t E
:g {,*:U, . 6i€ g e;= P6
oo
=(, c
i* +B:u, 'dl€ E er= P6
o6g
CL6oo
=Eb
66
.!oILF
g
sO=E #giP, FF;3E EE -oisa Ee+ ;5:bE == 1 cLFiEE EEE 7E
Gttsqr(tOt\tO{:re'N(\aOtflCrCt(ird)st
{'{ { -r O, g) O aD (D Ot O, O O O(r, I$ r O @ (D.{ (E ('r A (t 19A c ('(c tt (t (t (rr (, ('l ('O'.1 CD {rr 5 6) tC
('l (rrA$5$5OO to -.1 <D ('t s5 5$AlG)GrG)l\)rO<c,o
96sP6*oo,f q c;req;E' c;5lDsff
ff= #=FF1E .'E<=
=i Qic se - eg.g.
-{ocJtto- 1tar=::roo"r€{D
tl
tl
a1-l <a:rco ==g?E tv9 c,.r ' CDr
JEF 3E;> 5<;8 eP
oo =3;
ao
.D
9.r €g
T E FTq . cD.-
sF 3eq Ea
=
f# Ff
$* lFd Ea
=
ED
:ttt,.1
!t3
5
Eoo.
it0
3-r ,) r r --.L .-s Nt N16o(lo
.J.sll--l
(D
rD
lgiiEF$Fiirig1
g€EecF$g'Esi
#3 eF s
+g5= =
F-flnl
laFaaaFfi
igESFsi
gHIg*Fe
uguE FiI'ji BE=s3s i-:t O r-r -:!co iT ID drl
as* itit g-1o-l
I
I
I
flFa * Fi
gsggsi
sHFuFa'fgE FtI =l ,3Elsr 6- 2 ,l
=- 6 I
E* F#= gfl
5',9.1
I
n3 f,# gfi
rgE$si
*Efs;qa;g 6/
*g-a 3id3 Bqlurd r,1
J= Co I
E* st
gBl
oolo=tu, *l
I
I
$= qigsEHsiggt
t|=o{
E
F s$F $
PP
xt\x xI*E NSgE 6
AI5Pz
xxx tiTE NsqB d
AT5Pz
=6 dF333135 36AZ ==:tr3t5:t J=gq qqgggggg g'E
- (rooooo o5 :f xx-xx xgrtt6('|,, ut o
x x;,sx xo ooo o, =>t =o- o- ll- 6' it.1..1..1'.'-
xirx Iooo ot== Ji'o-it 6
-"t-t
xxx xooo o
=t= =it 6'it it
I
il
g?
Ht
Fi
fit
I
t
sl!L !goo
FI
(D CD
$i
I
t
dtt,cooot
I
o)
ob(t
I
I
I
I
I
I
1i,,a
o,oo
{o39f
s s-e; I
SF:gE{D O.r -a ---
'ol\)O)S=.idg6.6
@
t\tor
I\)oo(t
.iOaO(o\.E5EFFd-=qadix-(oqq88E€
8ar8[
c olD)'6oE
o
=E
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
tf, u)oodts(? (\a
<t@
it ir60ooccoo.ttt oE5ooEE
rooo({
rct(\a
@
o
1r|()z,;
*e
E*
8E
93e
!€E
FFEI
I
o ''10lJ'to.tto-y -Y -Y -Y -Y -Y -- F(, ()()()()()(). it i66iiai66
'!E@ Ur(DOOUTVt E 6XEc c.c.ccg,c = =vl9€ €EEEEE 9 95
-9 go-9 |'.c -c E.C -Eo ooo o!< YY:< Y
LLi-Lo -!p -!p o o
C .EE Eo ooo og YYIZ Y
I
P
-.'Eoo- o<D ;HEgTFECSE E 9S
uPs€3€PPE s it
aep $te ;N 1{; *Y YYY Y s $rs g
ol
EllEi
EJ
E1oiol
ololql
ol.lel
cl6iill
tl
6l6l
=l
ltoloiE -o
=Eil$6*enl E:Ef c s;s
IgEEE€gEgi
EgggEEgEEgEgE
!E _A
Efi Er€TE ;#fi3'3 iE.ei* arfre
cEnflH€
ggggFsE
CEFEEEF
l-.te aDt5 _9
HrE =E E
E e $IgFo -tc-oo .tC i;'c .EE (If!g f;'e
il* BFEeI
EgEFiFEl
8eeEEE$l
oo60
E\lCr!--!.-!-FtFrF!F
od,(\l (rtl !'F +
o
IDNGI
b;r-Oo-c
= (t,
I'L g
FFF€Ett-ggg- =555d FEs€gf E?
EEEE
=_#
-E5EgP ";3E
Bt#
*Eg
E.EgE, fig
= I <X
E* €gE-ct ,toi5i€ E; e.== o 3-co> r-'- aD
Ea,E?
-E
E e $E
E* $gF! (tt ' r'r 6i€ E; E
== o f -cD> I-|- U''
!r tr) (O F @ (D O F 6l (it $ lO (O D.- ON F F F- l\ @ @ O 0O Ct cO @ aa, oO
t
)o
Or-6aqrStrCtcE@oo(Doro cD
DC',Ot-(\lrt.r?D(DOOCTOO
(t (^, Gtoo{o GJ(,Gt t.' Go G, Gl t\t t\lD{tt\)---o(('@ N-!
AJ-IJN t\} t\) l$ N ^t Nr ..r .r(D aD $ (t t\) j O (O @'{ CD {r 5 G]
r..r.rooool\rro{o(D-{d)o(t
xgao+oo:l)tft9D=E=o=+6
fo
=(n
:J;r
a
(l
Jof
all <Arc o ==ig TE 8T9 <,r ' Clr r
dEg Fqz> 5<<8 9e
OO -+I_
,t
D:
u!
l5la5
=Gc
FOitxc
=
u
=Deo,t-
3
crr-a
s-6*(DO rlac
Ege'65|Dctfo
a_ #=FFZ ;E ss
= sdee
{do, 11a=
=Oe-o
=Eo
=D
=ocp.oxct
C'
'!CL
ged
=sg ?d 8-E t,r ' urFjEg $e.FA EA
(Do =35
Ito:
ItrID
l:tll
IDIt
lsICrE'
tolxlctf
ro
=tr
A -.r .Jo
|D
r -r -r Nr ;-\1(rt
(Dto 5
o
irN t\, N(to
o
o
I!
-n {D!x6teio,^o:o:o
--6?6-o3O:,4c.o<
'ti N)
€(D:C'oA9alocctoiJa
=
@dfNo
a+aeats
FgE3$gi
=gIq*Es,f,ilEi
gsu $;o=.o+
5
!q
IDoE
E
Fasg$g=$Fs$E;
il€ag5$Is$i;i
gEEEiF*'Egi
H Es r 3a:" €'F s Esfo "o3' 6*9=
B'g
6ila0
u,(L
E
@ HFeaa;fi
EiigFgi,f,i+Ei
ggu*f
. @*
eao
E
x(,l
NNiir-f5
-(O $ ;g$ $IQ | eiHgsg$fgs5
tt
=
E
x xxx r
d ;$F HTE
AI!o6;
EE
x xxx xo ooo ot -t= =o o{Do o
>itfor=agoC'x(t
F dd333333
===aa==atr 4esssssg
= oooooCla dddfdd
5 6d5 6- ==, =o ooo @
I
s$fo|-..
Igl
Q- -'fi
€i
bl
I
I
gT
ooaa
FI
CD (D
t\t f,
Hl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
oIeo' :2-<lGo =
5s"e;8
$F:gFO, O -r r--19}\t(D5={ '.1 (,l ..r :s (r c! <> :'
@
t\)(rl
I\)oo(rr
P93Rf,.=t(oAtN
gE;H$
g scEE
59=6orct
g
E
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
+s
ro ili;octoEl(9 .sadEr
it it(!ooo
c,E.9.9
.g! .g!
o, cttE
(>oool
roGIo
o()
zSHorlS
!gx€68
b,Q,o>voP '=bEgEl:g:Eg6xo
FsE
ot,co Lr-t-
_9 -g -9 -g.g -g -g .cooo o!lY)< !4
I og rp
,g.Eg Eooo o<:< !4 :<
oo.Y .Y,o()3 3ac ccs so
EoE*8ggE
t-l-t-L
'Do-gg.E,g.g.cooooY!<Y!.
ooooIt
ID
=
z
$$$e
z.
$$s r E g$
ozA 6 e(DvrcE* s ?r5$ SN I8i[ ig$$
cI
IL
('aoa
ort
l!yZgE q
E;fg
-'tr# -
iH;E
rCgE*
f;EgF€
g FE+E;s F-ez;=3(5Eg
8#E#*o
!!
oso
Eoo
ooo
l'
e
cg
L
N*cco
.!t
=2.gE g
6 Eef
FEf#
iE5F
;eE;=
:$ggt
a#E#el
o{
CDIs
n
+E!s g
ts$E
F.c g=
eE EE
lggeE
Etntn o{
Jiooa,
.Y(,o-
{9f 3 *r *F u
giggggirgggli
ct
CD
slo
Eooooort
CL
cgL
ttccn
€oeioonrt
ct
fit
CL
EooE
oE
oo-
ooN(\a
Eootr
EgE 6
ef{,F.(tr, -@i€g eb=F6
c.gE
E
E*E.i1@'6i€ge6= e6
EcE
ro l!gE E
e^€ :
#sp
oii
Eoguoo
llt
I
o]
G
-lEl
=t
*€fiiF() e ot
EE E E8g 6 = e Eeig 5 5 j +?
#E g is;F is
N aOSrO(Olr o CDOF6latt
--Fr-
<r |''(Dl\€o OF (\|i"tf|r,OF@CDO?6lN (\l (\a Gl Ct (\t Ot (.\a Gt (\t a9 ct ct
I
#
#"n
tr(Dra
:i-
-ar<2
il
T
I
*oo==
*o(tt\t (ri#
I
I
ottc
.D
I
'D!P
o)
oo(rl
I
I
I
I
I
I
(D (D tD O) (D (D (t <t ('r (r C't (tr (tl(tS (t I\t -r O (E, @'-l (D (, 5 (r:('l
N
(r('tF555rO(O@-lO +(,s-tssss5(tN)aO (^
@
(r (r (, (r G)CD -.1 <D in 5 c)
(./';
*1 e: i 8i 9 Egq= {D i + i g DA.:E -' < d o 'EE.g; e a F g9t'(' i : t?q
=
QJ_ {po-n zo(D
o
3
ut
flD3
r'
5
troo
oo3
Eoo
(n -t-|< g)fco=='
3 ?dBT
9c't'g1-jE93e
ga Er
(DO =35'
3t
ot
ItrIt
l=Hl
I G',rl!
ID
t1
!<
ioi
trotl
do3
(D
CL
aa
I
9dasgEET
gF$FE EF
f
lr!
l3
l*
I'EItl=llti<
Fl5Itrlo
ICL
do
3
trq|lli
9d=ggEsT
9. , a-
gFFd9 EF-c.:'
lulo
lilil6l=l-lt-
rotll+Itplotct
lalo
l3o
IL!o
-A N) I\loo
--r ,r .-r Nr Nrr(D
iH*
?cr8silsitAFgH]e=* e37e3E9€ I
agaflsHFBAisgE
r=FgHi=g:EgAi
iSs$EuiEu5aFE#3 3= e-'= :6 *1 .t= :9{l
H i; r; ??is= 3- a- {a*-= e- *99@ tE=
c
##egfra
EgEEEg
g:$Hi
*lgia
$9=aFg =u=
<t(D
a#g #g
ESEE;
Fese i
s$fli
gE;a
il=hoF gE
Z=
d
t#*#a
e$gEg
Fflsgi
q$ti
@ #:t .-ct =2-
Hr;#il=6 eF gE
z=o
9.^ A F zt FXl d" I +E* S i i it\t I\ i\ OIDNA,(D:@\r'LlItrD6E@2,6zz
x xxx^d itgNt *q$"
tD z.z.
f; e$H
z,F $$8
z
=d6d dde't:tj=t=Qit 6- o- it it it6:- "r .l
D3
ix xxxxo oooot t:t:t fo ooo(D.4..t5.1...1
x xxIo ooo:':'JJo (D{Eo
;{ i(x^o ooo:t 5:t =|D (Do(D
- "1 --
(D
N(t
t\,oo(rr
lo
3
q'
ao!t(oao a
3SPE g
HHAiFNI\'O)$=-.1 { ('r.::5<r60!,
geSpN
'=$(o(\l(\l
gE;fi$
E sFqq
5, gE
'6
oE
o
=E
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I ecaqt Gl(o@
I fis
Egoo
I EE
I
rI'oo(\l
u,(\l
ct
I
lgz>
I IcE-e
I gg-
r igE
I FFE
I
J
3I
q
g
\{)
F-bEbb_t#E E C -C -g999995
ID
=os,,t,
oCL
z
IDT@(!ict
F
\2
zdtY
oaGI.{'.rt
F
z'6
Too*.rt
*
goc
E
F
o-vl,z'rt .o
6e!o
E6o(t,
=foc!
ID
E.9clt
ooCLE
E3
E
6!o
E
a.go
€
-g
o
oJ
o=ot-
=Jg
6
iIctr
E-9oT,
E€
Eo()
o
oF
E.9o-te
Eoo
r.)9
o
E
E:tooog
.g
e
o
C'
-EoocoI
lrt
_9Ec6r
o
-9
;
.Ea:Eoz
rE tt
-o.E€c.?dfi>-
EgooE
-o 9-
L-=drr
|r,9
|D
E
E:
<t)go
Eg
a6
stotv)
!t
!tx
E.Y.!lz.-tto-caedt
z.
@
.c
-9EIL
@
B.cooc(,go
Gtl
&J
aooIL(L
E
@t;
EE
o.Y.9z,ooEo
eto
zro
E
.9,g
6
-9Itc6
o
o
;o
;c6
3oo.6
-vo
@cont
8o
E
dD(J3
E
IF
t!J
<t(E
Eo.aoo
=
>\
Eoa
c'
1S6
6
o
E
=oo
=oILco4gv
ao
e5q
oo
oEEg" e; t E * Fggg g ?EE
E E ie iF Fg
o()2r!ILc
@.G()
=
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
APPENDIX E
Public Area Finishes
do@(o$ h.=;3NN;
-.Fr(o(oEcl X*<o<o >.ERo<'rC!;
-.--rr.E3 9ERR'9s>o)o).rjr ^aEDtr .3t7 tr
b|,'g 's'
9A
L
.g
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.txlio.q(a--
c
o(D
o
eltf
CL
T iEIE ff
I E*E-6Ed5
ls.EE;
EEE
I s-g Fe
I
E
Oa(Dfx9EO
39>-c€.9-E
b.c>U'O- O(J
>CE
=](Jo o '-ccD o, <(-a c ",0(o (! Xcr.i N 5,.9r- F 'c i69l Sl -o 2'-:. -:< tr 6-v i Eats E ac3 = dc
r$x .!
o |t, a
:f J =oo o
(s(S (I'i; :oo o
ttt o .n 7cccv(olg (l,
(L(L (L
=
o ltt>aoo
-(ugoo
ooccr!o(LtL
Eo
'6
o-o
o
o
ooo
o(uxo
Xr- xL=--e*. b *:3' ;3He 3Etr5 {9EE* €;
Ee *es€ dFoF t-
oo-oltt8 3 .Er
$F $6 EfifrF gE *
qE *E E
pE PE >? tL
ko hO ': .E
*g -gE {B Fr_; b:_B €i 8f€ Ff;.s g3 g
(o*lo(oF-6orot-c{(9